Aditya R17 EEE

AR 17 Electrical And Electronics Engineering
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS,
PROGRAM STRUCTURE
AND SYLLABUS
ELECTRICAL AND
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
For
B. Tech FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM

(Applicable for the batches admitted from 2017-18)
(I to VIII Semesters)
ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

An Autonomous Institution
Approved by AICTE, Affiliated to JNTUK & Accredited by NBA, NAAC with 'A' Grade
Recognized by UGC under the sections 2(f) and 12(B) of UGC act 1956
Aditya Nagar, ADB Road, SURAMPALEM - 533 437
Aditya Engineering College (A) 1


ABOUT ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AEC) was established in 2001 at

Surampalem, Kakinada, Andhra Pradesh in 125 Acres of pollution free and lush green
landscaped surroundings by the visionaries of Aditya Academy who are in the
glorious service field of education since last 33 years.
AEC believe in the holistic development of society at large and are

researching its efforts in multi-disciplinary activities. We shoulder the responsibility
of shaping the Intellect, Character and Physique of every student, because we believe
that these students would be the architects to develop a humanized and harmonious
society, and the nation as a whole.
Our vision is to impart education, in a conductive ambience, as comprehensive

as possible, with the support of all the modern technologies and produce graduates
and post graduates in engineering with the ability and passion to work wisely,
creatively, and effectively for the betterment of our society. It is our endeavor to
develop a system of Education which can harness students’ capabilities and the
muscles of the mind thoroughly trained to enable it to manifest the great feats of
intellectualism which it is capable of.
SALIENT FEATURES:
 An Autonomous Institution.
 Accredited by NAAC with “A” Grade in 2015 and NBA in 2008.
 Recognized by UGC under sections 2(f) & 12(B).
 Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada.
 Recognized by Scientific and Industrial Research Organizations (SIROs) of
Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Ministry of Science and
Technology, Govt. of India.
 Rated as “GOLD” Category institute by AICTE-CII Survey of Industry –
Linked Technical Institutes 2016.
 Bagged Grade “A” (top grade) by the Govt. of A.P.

 Dept. of Science and Technology under Technology Development Board has

sanctioned Incubation Centre and only one College in the state received this
financial Assistance.
 Best Rankings & Ratings given to Aditya by reputed Magazines & journals in
their surveys :
 Grade AAA by careers 360.
 One of the best 20 Engineering colleges in India by The Sunday
Indian.
 South India IV rank by Digital Mailers.
 South India VI rank by Silicon India.
 India 13th Rank out of top 25th Engineering Colleges by 4Ps.
 Asia’s Top 100 colleges by WCRC Leaders.
 Higher Education Review 35th Rank in India.
 South India’s 68th Rank, India’s 99th Rank by the Week magazine.
 8th Rank in providing high quality infrastructure out of 10 engineering
Colleges in India by The Week magazine and more …….
 The college has students from 17 states across India & 13 foreign countries.
 150+ foreign students.
 Honored with Best Placement Award by Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh.
 Only one college in AP received Best Performance Award from Tech
Mahindra for its outstanding achievement in campus placements.
 Remarkable achievement of campus placements in CMM Level 5 Companies
 Students received Gold Medals at University level.
 Offering most job potential engineering courses of Petroleum Engineering,
Mining Engineering, and Agricultural Engineering in addition to the regular
courses of Mechanical, Civil, and EEE, ECE, CSE and IT at UG, PG and
Diploma Levels.
 Skill Development Centre with the collaboration of Govt. of A.P. (APSSDC)
 Siemens Centre of Excellence Campus.
 PMKVY Skill Development Centre Campus.
 South India’s first Microsoft Ed-vantage Platinum Campus.
 Campus of Microsoft innovation centre.
 Adobe’s Centre of Excellence Campus.
 Campus of CISCO Networking Academy.
 MOU with 4 Foreign Universities.
 MOU with Educational Consultants India Ltd., (EdCil).
 On campus Nationalized Bank with 8 ATMs facility.

 On campus hostels with world class infrastructure facilities & 50+ resident
staff.
 Own transportation facility to pickup and drop the students and staff covering
all the villages in the District with more than 60 buses.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17)

Applicable for the students admitted from the academic year 2017-18 onwards
1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he fulfills
the following academic regulations.
1.1 If he pursued a Programme of study in not less than four and not more than
eight academic years.
1.2 The student shall register for 180 credits and secure all the 180 credits.
2. PROGRAMMES OF STUDY
The following programmes of study are offered at present as specializations for
the B. Tech. programme with English as medium of Instruction.
S. No Branch Programme code
01 Civil Engineering 01
02 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 02
03 Mechanical Engineering 03
04 Electronics and Communication Engineering 04
05 Computer Science and Engineering 05
06 Information Technology 12
07 Mining Engineering 26
08 Petroleum Technology 27
09 Agricultural Engineering 35
3. DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

3.1 The performance of a student in each semester shall be evaluated course -
wise with a maximum of 100 marks for both Theory and Practical
courses. The Industry-Oriented (Internship) Minor Project shall be
evaluated for 50 marks, Major Project work for 200 marks, Audit courses
for 50 marks and Employability Skills course for 50 marks.
3.2 For theory courses, the distribution shall be 40 marks for Sessional
evaluation and 60 marks for the End - Examinations. There shall be 2
Sessional examinations during the semester. The Sessional marks shall be
awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for best of the two Sessional
examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination. The I
Sessional examination (Descriptive, Objective and Assignment) is
conducted for first 2 ½ units of syllabus and II Sessional examination for
the remaining 2 ½ units for each course in a semester. The weightage of
Sessional marks for 40 consists of Descriptive - 24, Objective -10
(Conducted at College level with 20 Multiple choice questions with a

weightage of ½ mark each) and Assignment - 06 (Theory, Design,
Analysis, Simulation, Algorithms, Drawing, Quiz, Term paper, Tutorial,
Surprise test, Seminar, Case study, Lab activity, Minor Project, etc. as the
case may be and for Physics-Virtual lab, for Mathematics - MATLAB).
For Assignment, the nature of test will be intimated by the concerned
faculty member at the beginning of the semester. The descriptive
examination is conducted for 90 minutes and the objective examination is
for 20 minutes. Each descriptive examination question paper shall contain
3 questions of equal marks and all questions need to be answered. The
Objective examination is conducted for 10 marks and descriptive
examination is conducted for 24 marks are to be added to the assignment
of 06 marks for finalizing Sessional marks of 40. The End examination is
conducted for 60 marks in duration of 180 minutes, which contains ten
questions, two questions are from each unit and each question may have
sub questions. The student has to write one question from each unit, each
question carries 12 marks.
3.3 For practical courses, there shall be continuous evaluation during the
semester for 40 Sessional marks and 60 End examination marks. The
Sessional 40 marks shall be awarded as, day-to-day work-15 marks,
observation and Record-10 marks and laboratory Exam -15 marks. The
End examination shall be conducted by the concerned teacher and
external examiner appointed by the Principal.
3.4 For design and / or drawing, (such as Engineering Drawing, Machine
Drawing) and estimation courses, the distribution shall be 40 marks for
Sessional evaluation (20 marks for day - to - day work, and 20 marks for
Sessional examination) and 60 marks for End examination. There shall be
two Sessional examinations in a Semester. The Sessional marks shall be
awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for the best of two Sessional
examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination.
3.5 For audit courses, during a semester there shall be one examination for 50
marks for a duration of 180 minutes in which a student should get
minimum 40% of the marks for satisfactory, otherwise the student is
considered as not satisfactory. The examination is conducted by covering

the topics of all units, which contains five 10 marks questions with
internal choice from each unit and each question may have sub questions.
If a student failed to get satisfactory marks or is absent for examination,
he has to write the exam in that course when conducted next.
3.6 For Employability Skills as audit course, during a semester there shall be
one examination for 50 marks. The duration of examination is 100
minutes. The examination shall be conducted in objective type (Multiple
choice questions with weightage of ½ mark each), in which a student
should get minimum 40% of the marks for satisfactory; otherwise the
student is considered as not satisfactory. If a student failed to get
satisfactory marks or is absent for examination, he has to write the exam
in that course when conducted next.
3.7 For Employability Skills as credit course, the exam is conducted for 50
marks in which 20 marks are conducted for Sessional examination and 30
marks for End examination. For Sessional marks, during the semester
there shall be two Sessional examinations. The duration of Sessional
examination is 40 minutes and for End examination is 60 minutes. Both
the Sessional and End examinations are conducted in objective type
(Multiple choice questions with weightage of ½ mark each). The
Sessional marks shall be awarded by giving 80% weightage for the best
of two Sessional examinations and 20% weightage for other Sessional
examination.
3.8 For Industry-Oriented (Internship) Minor Project, the students have to do
a project in collaboration with an industry of their specialization, during
the vacation after VI Semester End examination. However, the minor
project and its report shall be evaluated in VII Semester. The Minor
Project shall be submitted in report form and should be presented before
the committee, which shall be evaluated for Sessional marks of 50. The
committee consists of Head of the Department, Supervisor of the minor
project and a senior faculty member of the department. There shall be no
external evaluation.
3.9 For Major Project, 200 marks are awarded out of which 80 marks shall be
for Sessional Evaluation and 120 marks for the End Examination. The
Sessional Evaluation shall be on the basis of two seminars given by each

student on the topic of his major project and evaluated by an internal

committee that consists of Head of the Department, Supervisor of the
major project and one senior faculty of the department. The End
Examination (Viva-Voce) shall be conducted by the committee that
consists of an External Examiner (appointed by Principal from the panel
of three members given by HOD), Head of the Department and
Supervisor of the major project.
4. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
4.1 A student shall be eligible to write the End examinations if he acquires a
minimum of 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the courses.
4.2 Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and
above and below 75%) on a medical grounds in a semester may be
granted by the College Academic Committee and a student can be
condoned for a maximum of three times only.
4.3 Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall not be condoned.
4.4 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester
are not eligible to write their End examinations of that semester.
4.5 A fee of Rs. 500/- shall be payable towards condonation for shortage of
attendance.
4.6 A student will be promoted to the next semester if he satisfies the
attendance requirement of the present semester.
4.7 If any student fulfills the attendance requirement in the present semester,
he shall not be eligible for re-admission into the same semester.
4.8 A student who is shortage of attendance in a semester may seek re-
admission into that semester when offered within 2 weeks from the date
of the commencement of class work.

5. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

The following academic requirements have to be satisfied in addition to the
attendance requirements mentioned in item no.4.
5.1 A student is deemed to have passed a course and earns the credits allotted
to that course by securing not less than 35% of marks in the End
examination, and minimum 40% of marks of the total marks (sum of
Sessional marks and End examination marks).
5.2 A student will be promoted from IV semester to V semester, if he fulfills
the academic requirement of 50% of the credits up to IV semester from
all the examinations, whether or not the student takes the examinations.
5.3 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he
fulfills the academic requirements of 50% of the credits up to VI semester
from all the examinations, whether or not the students takes the
examinations.
5.4 All the credit courses shall be considered for calculation of SGPA and
CGPA.
6. PROGRAMME PATTERN
6.1 The entire programme of study is for four academic years and all the
years are in semester pattern.
6.2 A student is eligible to appear for the End examination in a course, but
absent from it or has failed in the End examination, may write the exam
in that course when conducted next.
6.3 When a student is detained for lack of credits / shortage of attendance, he
may be re-admitted into the same semester in which he has been detained.
However, the academic regulations under which he was first admitted
shall continue to be applicable to him.
7. AWARD OF DEGREE AND CLASS

After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the
program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed in one
of the following four classes:

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

First Class with
≥7.75with no course failures From the
Distinction
CGPA Secured
First Class ≥6.75 with course failures from 180
Credits
Second Class ≥5.75 to <6.75
Pass Class ≥4.75 to <5.75
7.1 Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
The following procedure is to be adopted to compute the Semester Grade
Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA):
Range of Marks (%) Letter Grade Level Grade Point
≥ 90 O Outstanding 10
≥ 80 to <90 A+ Excellent 9
≥ 70 to <80 A Very Good 8
≥ 60 to <70 B+ Good 7
≥ 50 to <60 B Fair 6
≥ 40 to <50 P Satisfactory 5
<40 F Fail 0
- Absent 0
COMPUTATION OF SGPA
The SGPA is the ratio of sum of the product of the number of credits
with the grade points scored by a student in all the courses taken by a
student and the sum of the number of credits of all the courses undergone
by a student, i.e
SGPA( Si ) 
 (C .G )
i i
 (C ) i
Where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and Gi is the grade
point scored by the student in the ith course.
COMPUTATION OF CGPA
i. The CGPA is also calculated in the same manner taking into account
all the courses undergone by a student over all the semesters of the
programme, i.e.
CGPA 
 (C .S ) i i
 (C ) i

Where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and Ci is the total number of credits
in that semester.
ii. The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported
in the transcripts.
iii. Equivalent Percentage = (CGPA - 0.75) x 10
8. MINIMUM INSTRUCTION DAYS
The minimum instruction days for each semester shall be 90 working days.
9. TRANSFER
9.1 Aditya Engineering College (AEC) proposes to practice JNTUK / State
government guidelines for transfer.
9.2 There shall be no branch transfers after the completion of the admission
process.
10. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS
If the student not paid any dues to the college or involved in indiscipline activities,
his result will be withheld.
11. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS
11.1 Discontinued or detained students are eligible for readmission as and when
next offered.
11.2 The readmitted students will be governed by the regulations under which
the student has been admitted.
11.3 a) In case of transferred students from other Universities / colleges, the
credits shall be transferred to AEC as per the academic regulations and
course structure of the AEC.
b) The students seeking transfer to AEC from various other
universities/institutions have to obtain the credits of any equivalent courses
as prescribed by college. In addition the transferred students have to pass
the failed courses at the earlier institute.
12. GENERAL
12.1 Wherever the words "he", "him", "his", occur in the regulations, they
include "she", "her", "hers".
12.2 The academic regulations should be read as a whole for the purpose of any
interpretation.
12.3 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules,
the decision of the Academic Council is final.

12.4 The college may change or amend the academic regulations or syllabi at
any time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the
students with effect from the dates notified by the college.
***

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17) LATERAL ENTRY

Applicable for the students admitted into III semester from the Academic Year 2018-19 onwards
1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE
A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he
fulfills the following academic regulations:
1.1 If he pursues a course of study in not less than three academic years and
not more than six academic years.
1.2 The student shall register for 133 credits and secure all the 133 credits.
All the credit courses shall be considered for calculation of SGPA and
CGPA.
2. PROMOTION RULE
2.1 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he
fulfills the academic requirements of 50% of the credits up to VI
semester from all the examinations, whether or not the student takes the
examinations.
3. AWARD OF CLASS
After a student has satisfied the requirement prescribed for the completion of
the program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed
in one of the following four classes:
Class Awarded CGPA to be secured
First Class with

≥7.75 with no course failures From the CGPA
Distinction
Secured from 133
First Class ≥6.75 with course failures
Credits
Second Class ≥5.75 to <6.75
Pass Class ≥4.75 to <5.75
4. All the other regulations applicable to B. Tech Programme remain the

same for B. Tech Lateral Entry also.
***

MALPRACTICES RULES
Disciplinary Action for /Improper Conduct in Examinations
The Chief controller of examinations shall refer the cases of malpractices in Sessional and
End Examination to an Enquiry Committee constituted by him / her. The Committee will
submit a report on the malpractice allegedly committed by the student to the Chief
Controller of Examinations. The Chief Controller of Examinations along with the
members of the Committee is authorized to impose a suitable punishment, if the student is
found guilty as per the following guidelines.
Nature of Malpractices / Punishment

Improper conduct
If the candidate
1(a) Possesses or keeps accessible in Expulsion from the examination hall and
examination hall, any paper, note cancellation of the performance in that
book, programmable calculators, course only.
Cell phones, pager, palm
computers or any other form of
material concerned with or related
to the course of the examination
(theory or practical) in which he is
appearing but has not made use of
(material shall include any marks
on the body of the candidate
which can be used as an aid in the
course of the examination)
(b) Gives assistance or guidance or Expulsion from the examination hall and
receives it from any other cancellation of the performance in that
candidate orally or by any other course only of all the candidates
body language methods or involved. In case of an outsider, he will
communicates through cell phones be handed over to the police and a case is
with any candidate or persons in registered against him.
or outside the examination hall in
respect of any matter.
2 Has copied in the examination hall Expulsion from the examination hall and
from any paper, book, cancellation of the performance in that
programmable calculators, palm course and all other courses the
computers or any other form of candidate has already appeared including
material relevant to the course of practical examinations and project work
the examination (theory or and shall not be permitted to appear for
practical) in which the candidate is the remaining examinations of the
appearing. courses of that Semester.
3 Comes in a drunken condition to Expulsion from the examination hall and
the examination hall. cancellation of the performance in that
course and all other courses the
candidate has already appeared including
practical examinations and project work
and shall not be permitted to appear for
the remaining examinations of the
courses of that Semester
Aditya Engineering College (A)

4 Smuggles in the Answer book or Expulsion from the examination hall and
additional sheet or takes out or cancellation of the performance in that
arranges to send out the question course and all other courses the
paper during the examination or candidate has already appeared including
answer book or additional sheet, practical examinations and project work
during or after the examination. and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the courses of
that Semester. The candidate is also
debarred for two consecutive semesters
from class work and all End
examinations. The continuation of the
course by the candidate is course to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
5 Leaves the exam hall taking away Expulsion from the examination hall and
answer script or intentionally tears cancellation of the performance in that
of the script or any part thereof course and all other courses the
inside or outside the examination candidate has already appeared including
hall. practical examinations and project work
and shall not be permitted for the
debarred for two consecutive semesters
from class work and all End
examinations. The continuation of the
course by the candidate is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
6 Possess any lethal weapon or Expulsion from the examination hall and
firearm in the examination hall. cancellation of the performance in that
course and all other courses the
candidate has already appeared including
practical examinations and project work
and shall not be permitted for the
debarred and forfeits of seat.
7 Impersonates any other candidate The candidate who has impersonated
in connection with the shall be expelled from examination hall.
examination. The candidate is also debarred and
forfeits the seat. The performance of the
original candidate, who has been
impersonated, shall be cancelled in all
the courses of the examination (including
practical and project work) already
appeared and shall not be allowed to
appear for examinations of the remaining
courses of that semester/year. The
candidate is also debarred for two
consecutive semesters from class work

and all University examinations. The

continuation of the course by the
candidate is subject to the academic
regulations in connection with forfeiture
of seat. If the impostor is an outsider, he
will be handed over to the police and a
case is registered against him.
8 Refuses to obey the orders of the In case of students of the college, they
Chief controller of examinations / shall be expelled from examination halls
Observer / any officer on duty or and cancellation of their performance in
misbehaves or creates disturbance that course and all other courses the
of any kind in and around the candidate(s) has (have) already appeared
examination hall or organizes a and shall not be permitted to appear for
walk out or instigates others to the remaining examinations of the
walk out, or threatens the officer- courses of that semester. The candidates
in-charge or any person on duty in also are debarred and forfeit their seats.
or outside the examination hall of In case of outsiders, they will be handed
any injury to his person or to any over to the police and a police case is
of his relations whether by words, registered against them.
either spoken or written or by
signs or by visible representation,
assaults the officer-in charge, or
any person on duty in or outside
the examination hall or any of his
relations,
or indulges in any other act of
misconduct or mischief which
result in damage to or destruction
or property in the examination hall
or any part of the College campus
or engages in any other act which
in the opinion of the officer on
duty amounts to use of unfair
means or misconduct or has the
tendency to disrupt the orderly
conduct of the examination.
9 If student of the college, who is Student of the colleges expulsion from
not a candidate for the particular the examination hall and cancellation of
examination or any person not the performance in that course and all
connected with the college other courses the candidate has already
indulges in any malpractice or appeared including practical
improper conduct mentioned in examinations and project work and shall
clause 6 to 8. not be permitted for the remaining
examinations of the courses of that
semester/year. The candidate is also
debarred and forfeits the seat.
10 Uses objectionable, abusive or Cancellation of the performance in that
offensive language in the answer course.
paper or in letters to the examiners
or writes to the examiner

requesting him to award pass

marks.
11 Copying detected on the basis of Cancellation of the performance in that
internal evidence, such as, during course and all other courses the
valuation or during special candidate has appeared including
scrutiny. practical examinations and project work
of that End examination.
12 If any malpractice is detected
which is not covered in the above
clauses 1 to 11 shall be reported to
the Chief controller of
examinations for further action to
award suitable punishment.

Ragging
Prohibition of ragging in
educational institutions Act 26 of 1997
Salient Features
Ragging within or outside any educational institution is prohibited.
Ragging means doing an act which causes or is likely to cause Insult or Annoyance of
Fear or Apprehension or Threat or Intimidation or outrage of modesty or Injury to a
student
Imprisonment Upto Fine Upto

Teasing,
Embarrassing and
+ Rs. 1,000/-
Humiliation 6 months
Assaulting or Using
Criminal force or
+ Rs. 2,000/-
Criminal intimidation 1 Year
Rs. 5,000/-
Wrongfully restraining
or confining or causing
hurt 2 Years +
Causing grievous hurt,
kidnapping or Abducts
or rape or committing 5 Years + Rs. 10,000/-
unnatural offence
Rs. 50,000/-
Causing death or
abetting suicide 10 Years +
In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288
LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

Ragging
ABSOLUTELY
NO TO RAGGING
1. Ragging is prohibited as per Act 26 of A.P.
Legislative Assembly, 1997.
2. Ragging entails heavy fines and/or imprisonment.
3. Ragging invokes suspension and dismissal from the
College.
4. Outsiders are prohibited from entering the College
and Hostel without permission.
5. Girl students must be in their hostel rooms by 7.00
p.m.
6. All the students must carry their Identity Cards and
show them when demanded
7. The Principal and the Wardens may visit the Hostels
and inspect the rooms any time.
In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288
LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

VISION & MISSION OF THE COLLEGE
VISION
To induce higher planes of learning by imparting technical education with International
standards, Applied research, Creative ability and Value based instruction to emerge as a
premier institute.
MISSION
Achieving academic excellence by providing globally acceptable technical education by
forecasting technology through
- Innovative research & development.
- Industry institute interaction.
- Empowered manpower.
VISION & MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

VISION
To excel in education, research and technological services in Electrical and Electronics
engineering in tune with societal needs.
MISSION
By imparting quality education to produce globally competent electrical

M1:
and electronics engineers capable of extending technological services.
By engaging cutting edge at research & development in sustainable
M2:
technologies, by collaborating with industries.
By nurturing scientific temperament, professional ethics among the
M3:
students.
****

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

Graduates of the Program will
Specialize in specific areas of interest and work successfully in their chosen

PEO 1
career.
Design and develop innovative products and services in the field of
PEO 2
electrical and electronics engineering.
Work effectively as individuals and as team members in multidisciplinary
PEO 3
projects.
Engage in lifelong learning, career enhancement and adopt to changing
PEO 4
professional and societal needs.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduate will be able to
Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an

PO 1
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex engineering
PO 2 problems, reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.
Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design systems,
components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate
PO 3
consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based
knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis
PO 4
and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid
conclusions.
Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
PO 5 engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex
engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations.
Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal,
PO 6 health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to professional engineering practice.
Understand the impact of professional engineering solutions in societal and
PO 7 environmental contexts and demonstrate knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
PO 8
responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.
Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse
PO 9
teams and in multidisciplinary settings.
Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as being able to
PO 10
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make
effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management

PO 11 principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a
team and to manage projects in multidisciplinary environments.
Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
PO 12 independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduate will be able to
Design and develop controllers for electrical and electronic systems to

PSO 1
improve their transient and steady state.
Specify, design and analyze systems that efficiently generate, transmit and
PSO 2
distribute electrical power, by considering environmental aspects.
Apply appropriate simulation tools like MATLAB and P-Spice for modeling
PSO 3
and evaluation of electrical systems.
Mission of the department – PEOs mapping
PEOs Statements M1 M2 M3
PEO 1: Specialize in specific areas of interest and work

successfully in their chosen career. 3 2 2
PEO 2: Design and develop innovative products and services in

the field of electrical and electronics engineering. 3 1 3
PEO 3: Work effectively as individuals and as team members in

multidisciplinary projects. 2 1 2
PEO 4: Engage in lifelong learning, career enhancement and

adopt to changing professional and societal needs. 2 3 2
Note:
Bloom’s Taxonomy Knowledge Level

Mapping / Correlation levels
Knowledge Level Representation
Remember K1
1: Slight (Low)
Understand K2
Apply K3
2 : Moderate (Medium)
Analyse K4
Evaluate K5
3 : Substantial (High)
Create K6

PROGRAM STRUCTURE
I SEMESTER
Total Number of contact hours
Course Credits
Name of the Course Category Lecture Tutorial Practice Total
Code (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171HS1T01 English - I HSS 3 1 --- 4 3
171BS1T01 Mathematics - I BS 3 1 2 6 3
171HS1T02 Environmental Studies HSS 2 1 --- 3 2
171BS1T05 Applied Chemistry BS 3 1 --- 4 3
171ES1T02 Engineering Mechanics ES 3 1 --- 4 3
171ES1T01 Computer Programming ES 3 1 --- 4 3
English Communication Skills
171HS1L01 HSS --- --- 3 3 2
Lab - I
171BS1L03 Applied Chemistry Lab BS --- --- 3 3 2
171ES1L01 Computer Programming Lab ES --- --- 3 3 2
TOTAL 17 6 11 34 23
II SEMESTER
Course Credits
Code (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171HS2T03 English - II HSS 3 1 --- 4 3
171BS2T02 Mathematics - II BS 3 1 --- 4 3
171BS2T06 Mathematics - III BS 3 1 2 6 3
171BS2T04 Applied Physics BS 3 1 --- 4 3
171ES2T03 Engineering Drawing ES 3 0 3 6 3
171EE2T01 Electrical Circuit Analysis - I PC 3 1 --- 4 3
English Communication Skills
171HS2L02 HSS --- --- 3 3 2
Lab - II
171BS2L04 Applied Physics Lab BS --- --- 3 3 2
Engineering Workshop and IT
171ES2L02 ES --- --- 3 3 2
Workshop
TOTAL 18 5 14 37 24
BS: Basic Sciences; HSS: Humanities and Social Sciences; ES: Engineering Sciences; PC: Professional Core;
PE: Professional Elective; OE: Open Elective; SS: Self Study Course; PR: Project.

III SEMESTER

Course Credits
Code (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171EE3T02 Electrical Circuit Analysis - II PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE3T03 Electrical Machines – I PC 3 1 --- 4 3

Basic Electronics Devices and
171EE3T04 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Circuits
171EE3T05 Electromagnetic Fields PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171ES3T10 Thermal and Hydro Prime Movers ES 3 1 --- 4 3

Managerial Economics and
171HS3T04 HSS 3 1 --- 4 3
Financial Analysis
Thermal and Hydro Prime Movers
171ES3L04 ES --- --- 3 3 2
Lab
171EE3L01 Electrical Circuits Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
Professional Ethics and Human
171HS3A09 HSS 2 --- --- 2 ---
Values
171HS3A10 Employability Skills - I HSS --- --- 2 2 ---
TOTAL 20 6 8 34 22
IV SEMESTER

Course Credits
Code (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171EE4T06 Electrical Measurements PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE4T07 Electrical Machines - II PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171ES4T24 Digital Circuits and Logic Design ES 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE4T08 Control Systems PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE4T09 Power Systems – I PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171HS4T05 Management Science HSS 3 1 --- 4 3

Electronic Devices and Circuits
171EE4L02 PC --- --- 3 3 2
Lab
171EE4L03 Electrical Machines - I Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
171HS4A11 Employability Skills - II HSS --- --- 2 2 ---
TOTAL 18 6 8 32 22

V SEMESTER

Course Credits
Code (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171EE5T10 Power Systems – II PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE5T11 Power Electronics PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE5T12 Pulse and Digital Circuits PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE5T13 Signals and Systems PC 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Professional Elective - I PE 3 1 --- 4 3

Intellectual Property Rights and
171HS5T08 HSS 2 --- --- 2 1
Patents
171HS5T06 Employability Skills - III HSS 2 --- --- 2 1
171EE5L04 Electrical Measurements Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
171EE5L05 Electrical Machines - II Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
171EE5L06 Control Systems Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
171EE5S01 MOOCs - I SS --- --- --- --- ---
TOTAL 19 5 9 33 23
VI SEMESTER

Course Credits
Code (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
Power Electronic Controllers and
171EE6T14 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Drives
171EE6T15 Power System Analysis PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Micro Processor and Micro
171EE6T16 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Controllers
171EE6T17 Data Structures PC 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Professional Elective - II PE 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Professional Elective - III PE 3 1 --- 4 3
171HS6T07 Employability Skills - IV HSS 2 --- --- 2 1
171EE6L07 Data Structures Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
171EE6L08 Power Electronics Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
171EE6S02 MOOCs - II SS --- --- --- --- ---
TOTAL 20 6 6 32 23
MOOCs – Massive Open Online Courses

VII SEMESTER

Course Credits
Code (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171EE7T18 Utilization of Electrical Energy PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE7T19 Linear and Digital IC Applications PC 3 1 --- 4 3

Power System Operation and
171EE7T20 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Control
171EE7T21 Switch Gear and Protection PC 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Professional Elective - IV PE 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Professional Elective - V PE 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE7L09 Power Systems Simulation Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

Micro Processor and Micro
171EE7L10 PC --- --- 3 3 2
Controllers Lab
Industry Oriented (Internship)
171EE7P01 PR --- --- --- --- 1
Minor Project
TOTAL 18 6 6 30 23
VIII SEMESTER
Course Credits
Code (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
--- Professional Elective - VI PE 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Open Elective OE 3 1 --- 4 3
171EE8P02 Major Project PR --- --- --- --- 14
TOTAL 6 2 ---- 8 20

Professional Elective - I (V Semester) Professional Elective – II (VI Semester)

Course Course
S.No Name of the Course S.No Name of the Course
Code Code
1 171EE5E01 Renewable Energy Sources 1 171EE6E04 Computer Architecture
Modeling and Analysis of

2 171EE5E02 2 171EE6E05 Electrical Distribution Systems
Electrical Machines
3 171EE5E03 Electrical Safety Distributed Generation and

3 171EE6E06
Microgrid
Professional Elective – III (VI Semester) Professional Elective – IV (VII Semester)

Course Course
Code Code
1 171EE6E07 Advanced Control Systems 1 171EE7E11 Optimization Techniques
2 171EE6E08 PLC and Applications

2 171EE7E12 Digital Signal Processing
3 171EE6E09 Instrumentation
3 171EE7E13 Special Electrical Machines
4 171EE6E10 OOPs through JAVA
Professional Elective – V (VII Semester) Professional Elective – VI (VIII Semester)

Course Course
Code Code
1 171EE8E17 HVDC Transmission

1 171EE7E14 High Voltage Engineering
Flexible AC Transmission
2 171EE8E18
Systems
2 171EE7E15 Electric Power Quality
3 171EE8E19 Power System Reforms
3 171EE7E16 EHVAC Transmission 4 171EE8E20 Digital Control Systems
Open Elective (VIII Semester)

S.No CourseCode Name of the Course
1 171EE8O01 Energy Audit, Conservation and Management
2 171EE8O02 VLSI Design
3 171EE8O03 Unix and Shell Programming
4 171EE8O04 Neural Networks And Fuzzy Logic
5 171EE8O05 Robotics
6 171EE8O06 Vehicular Electric Power Systems
7 171EE8O07 Internet of Things
8 171EE8O08 Cyber Security

Program curriculum grouping based on course components
Course Curriculum content Total number Total number of

Component (% of total number of contact credits
of credits of the hours
program)
Basic Sciences 10.55 30 19
Engineering
11.66 31 21
Sciences
Humanities and
11.66 37 21
social sciences
Program core 46.11 115 83
Program Elective 10 24 18
Open Elective 1.6 4 3
Project 7.7 - 14
Internship/Seminar 0.5 - 1
Any other
- - -
(Please Specify)
Total 100 241 180

Rules for opting MOOCs
 Students should register for a course with prior permission from MOOCS-
Coordinator of the department. User ID should be submitted to the MOOCS –
Coordinator after the registration. It is through this User ID only; the student has to
write the proctored examination.
 Students should register only for Technical Subjects. However, they can register
for Interdisciplinary subjects also.
 Students have to register for a technical course which is not yet studied or will not
be studied in the upcoming semesters.
 Students should register for a course with duration of ≥ 4 weeks or ≥ 20hrs.
 Students MOOCS Certificate is considered only if the students write the
examination under a proctored system. If the student registers a course where
he/she has to write an unproctored online examination, he/she should bring it to the
notice of the HOD for conducting the exam in the college. These exams will be
usually planned on Saturdays.
 For MOOCS -1, the course completion certificate should be submitted to the
MOOCS- Coordinator before the completion of V Semester end examinations.
 For MOOCS -2, the course completion certificate should be submitted to the
MOOCS- Coordinator before the completion of VI Semester end examinations.

ENGLISH – I
(Common to all branches)
I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171HS1T01 3 1 0 3
Introduction:
In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and
the consequent emphasis on training the students to acquire communicative competence,
the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competence of
the students of Engineering.
As far as the detailed textbooks are concerned, the focus should be on the skills of
listening, speaking, reading and writing. The non-detailed textbooks are meant for
extensive reading for pleasure and profit.
Thus the stress in the syllabus is primarily on the development of communicative skills
and fostering of ideas.
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with

emphasis on LSRW skills.
COB 2: To enable the students to study and comprehend the prescribed lessons
and subjects more effectively relating to their theoretical and practical
components.
COB 3: To develop the communication skills of the students in both formal and
informal situations.
COB 4: To appraise the learner how Gandhi spent a period of three years in
London as a student.
COB 5: To make the learners rediscover India as a land of knowledge.
COB 6: To discuss how scientific point of view seeks to arrive at the truth without
being biased by emotion.
COB 7: To inform the learner that all men are in peril.
COB 8: To inspire the learners by inventions and contributions of great achievers.
LISTENING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to appreciate the role of listening skill and improve their
pronunciation.
2. To enable the students to comprehend the speech of people belonging to different
backgrounds and regions.
3. To enable the students to listen for general content, to fill up information and for
specific information.

SPEAKING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1. To make the students aware of the importance of speaking for their personal and
professional communication.
2. To enable the students to express themselves fluently and accurately in social and
professional success.
3. To help the students describe objects, situations and people.
4. To make the students participate in group activities like role-plays, discussions and
debates.
5. To make the students participate in just a minute talks.
READING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to comprehend a text through silent reading.
2. To enable the students to guess the meanings of words, messages and inferences of
texts in given contexts.
3. To enable the students to skim and scan a text.
4. To enable the students to identify the topic sentence.
5. To enable the students to identify discourse features.
6. To enable the students to make intensive and extensive reading.
WRITING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1. To make the students understand that writing is an exact formal skills.
2. To enable the students to write sentences, paragraphs, e-mails and essays.
3. To make the students identify and use appropriate vocabulary.
4. To enable the students to narrate and describe.
5. To enable the students to write coherently and cohesively.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:
CO 1: Summarize how Gandhi grew in introspection.

CO 2: Explain the conditions to achieve a higher quality of life, strength and
sovereignty of a developed nation.
CO 3: Identify the scientific attitude to solve many problems which we find
difficult to tackle.
CO 4: Identify that all men can come together and avert the peril.
CO 5: Interpret humorous texts and use of words for irony.
CO 6: Explain the characteristic traits of renowned scientists who contributed
enormously to the scientific advancement of India.
CO 7: Demonstrate writing and basic concepts of grammar skills.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11 PO12
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO4 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO5 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO6 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO7 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes
CO / PSO PSO 1 (K5) PSO 2 (K5) PSO 3 (K3)

CO1 (K2) - - -
CO2 (K2) - - -
CO3 (K3) - 1 -
CO4 (K3) - 1 -
CO5 (K2) - - -
CO6 (K2) - - -
CO7 (K2) - - -
Methodology:
1. The class is to be learner-centred where the learners are to read the texts to get a
comprehensive idea of those texts on their own with the help of the peer group and
the teacher.
2. Integrated skill development methodology has to be adopted with focus on
individual language skills as per the tasks/exercise.
3. The tasks/exercises at the end of each unit should be completed by the learners
only and the teacher intervention is permitted as per the complexity of the
task/exercise.
4. The teacher is expected to use supplementary material wherever necessary and also
generate activities/tasks as per the requirement.
5. The teacher is permitted to use lecture method when a completely new concept is
introduced in the class.
Recommended Topics:
UNIT-I:
1. IN LONDON: M.K.GANDHI (Detailed)
2. G.D. NAIDU (Non-Detail)
UNIT-II:
1. THE KNOWLEDGE SOCIETY- APJ ABDUL KALAM (Detailed)
2. G.R. GOPINATH (Non-Detail)
UNIT-III:
1. THE SCIENTIFIC POINT OF VIEW- J.B.S. HALDANE (Detailed)
2. J.C. BOSE (Non-Detail)

UNIT-IV:
1. MAN’S PERIL-BERTRAND RUSSELL (Detailed)
2. HOMI JEHANGIR BHABHA (Non-Detail)
UNIT-V:
1. LUCK—MARK TWAIN (Detailed)
2. A SHADOW (Non-Detail)
Textbooks:
Detailed Text Book: ‘English Essentials’ by Ravindra Publications.
Non Detailed Text Book: ‘Modern Trail Blazers’ by Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd.
Publishers.
Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gopalswamy_Doraiswamy_Naidu
2. https://englishforundergraduates.wordpress.com/2016/09/25/the-knowledge-society-from-
ignited-minds-a-p-j-abdul-kalam/
3. http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2014/01/the-scientific-point-of-view-j-b-s.html
4. https://www.famousscientists.org/jagadish-chandra-bose/
5. https://www.thebetterindia.com/37339/homi-jehangir-bhabha/
****

MATHEMATICS-I
I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171BS1T01 3 1 2 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To equip the students with the necessary mathematical skills and
techniques that are essential for an engineering course.
COB 2: To help the students acquire a necessary base to develop analytical and
design skills.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Associate linear differential equations of first order to various physical

problems involving differential equations of first order
CO 2: Solve linear differential equations of higher order.
CO 3: Solve linear systems of equations using the concept of rank, Gauss
elimination, Gauss seidal method.
CO 4: Find the eigen values and eigen vectors.
CO 5: Associate the concepts of Partial Differentiation to maxima and minima of
functions of several variables and to Partial differential equations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) - - 2
CO2 (K3) 1 1 -
CO3 (K3) 1 1 3
CO4 (K2) - - 2
CO5 (K2) - - 2
UNIT I:
Differential equations of first order and first degree:
Linear differential equations - Bernoulli differential equation - Exact differential
equations-Equations reducible to exact (Type-1, Type-2, Type-3, Type-4)
Applications:
Newton’s Law of cooling-Law of natural growth and decay-Orthogonal trajectories.

UNIT II:
Linear differential equations of higher order:
Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients with RHS term of
the type eax, sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x, eax V(x), xV(x)- Method of Variation of
parameters, Method of undetermined coefficients.
*(MATLAB Exercise: Introduction to MAT LAB commands and Solution of Initial Value
Problems using the command ‘dsolve’)
Applications:
Electric circuits, simple harmonic motion.
UNIT III:
Linear systems of equations:
Rank of a matrix - Echelon form-Normal form – Solution of linear systems – Gauss
elimination method - Gauss Seidal method.
Applications:
Finding the current in electrical circuits.
UNIT IV:
Eigen values - Eigen vectors and Quadratic forms:
Eigen values - Eigen vectors– Properties of eigen values (without proof ) – Cayley -
Hamilton theorem (without proof ) - Inverse and powers of a matrix by using Cayley -
Hamilton theorem- Diagonalization- Quadratic forms- Reduction of quadratic form to
canonical form using orthogonal transformation– Nature of the quadratic form.
*(MATLAB Exercise: All Basic Operations on matrices are to be implemented using
MATLAB including computation of rank, computation of eigen values and eigen vectors)
UNIT V:
Partial differentiation and Partial differential equations
Homogeneous function-Euler’s theorem-Total derivative-Chain rule-Taylor’s and
Maclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two variables– Functional dependence-
Jacobian.
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and
arbitrary functions –solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation, nonlinear (standard
types) equations.
Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables without constraints and
Lagrange’s method (with constraints).
*(MATLAB Exercise: To Plot graphs of various single and multivariable functions using
MATLAB and analyze their maxima and minima graphically).
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna
Publishers.
2. Dr.T.K.V. Iyengar, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand publications

Reference Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-
India
2. D.G.Zill, MICHAIL R CULTER, Advanced Engineering Mathematics Third
Edition Norosa Publications 2009.
3. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC
Press.
4. Peter O’neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage Learning.
5. Glyn James, Advanced modern engineering mathematics, Pearson education.
6. MATLAB by Rudra Pratap, Getting started with MATLAB, Oxford
Publication.
Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portal:Mathematics
2. http://mathworld.wolfram.com
3. https://www.khanacademy.org
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017
****

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
(Common to CE, EEE, ME, Min.E, PT & Ag.E)
I Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To define the various ecosystems and its diversity.

COB 2: To summarize the overall natural resources.
COB 3: To classify environmental impacts of developmental activities.
COB 4: To discuss social issues, environmental legislation and global treaties.
COB 5: To educate environmental management systems.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify the need for protecting the producers and consumers in various
ecosystems and their role in the food web.
CO 2: Outline the natural resources and their importance for the sustenance of
the life.
CO 3: List out the biodiversity of India, threats and its conservation methods.
CO 4: Illustrate various attributes of the pollution, impacts and measures to
control the pollution along with waste management practices.
CO 5: Describe social issues both rural and urban environment to combat the
challenges.
CO 6: Summarize the legislations of India in environmental protection.
CO 7: Classify environmental assessment and the stages involved in EIA.
CO 8: Transform existing campus into self sustaining green campus with
environment friendly aspects of – Energy, Water and Wastewater reuse,
Plantation, Rainwater Harvesting and Parking Curriculum.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1) 1 - - - - 1 2 1 - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - - - -
CO3 (K1) 1 - - - - 1 2 1 - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - 3 - -
CO6 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - - - -
CO7 (K4) 3 - - - - 3 2 3 - - 1 -
CO8 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 3 3 2 3

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO1 (K1) - - -
CO2 (K2) - - 2
CO3 (K1) - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 - -
CO5 (K2) - - -
CO6 (K2) - - -
CO7 (K4) - - -
CO8 (K2) 2 1 2
UNIT –I: Ecosystems:

Scope of environmental studies, Structure- Producers, consumers and decomposers
Function – Food chain, Food web, Tropic structure and Energy flow in the ecosystem
Ecological pyramids, nutrient recycling, primary and secondary production, ecosystem
regulation. Ecological succession Terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem -
Introduction, types, characteristic features.
UNIT – II: Natural Resources:

Natural resources and associated problems Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation,
deforestation – Timber extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal
people.
Water resources – Use and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought,
conflicts over water, dams – benefits and problems
Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources.
Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by non-agriculture activities-effects
of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity
Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources
use of alternate energy sources vs oil and natural gas extraction.
Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, Wasteland reclamation, man
induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. Role of an individual in conservation
of natural resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
UNIT – III: Biodiversity and its conservation:

Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity classification Value of biodiversity:
consumptive use, productive use, social-Biodiversity at national and local levels. India as a
mega-diversity nation - Hot-spots of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss,
man-wildlife conflicts - Endangered and endemic species of India – Conservation of
biodiversity.
UNIT – IV: Environmental Pollution:

Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of Air pollution, Water pollution, Soil
pollution, Noise pollution, Nuclear hazards. Role of an individual in prevention of
pollution. - Pollution case studies, Sustainable Life Style.
Solid Waste Management: Sources, Classification, effects and control measures of urban
and industrial solid wastes. Consumerism and waste products, Biomedical, Hazardous and
e – waste management.

UNIT – V: Social Issues and the Environment

Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water harvesting-Resettlement
and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Global challenges
Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions. Environmental Protection Act -Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. –Water (Prevention and control of Pollution)
Act -Wildlife Protection Act - Forest Conservation Act-Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation. - Public awareness and Environmental management.
Text Books:
1. Environmental Studies, K.V. S. G. Murali Krishna, VGS Publishers, Vijayawada
2. Environmental Studies, R. Rajagopalan, 2nd Edition, 2011, Oxford University
Press.
3. Environmental Studies, P.N. Palanisamy, P. Manikandan, A. Geetha, and K.
Manjula Rani; Pearson Education, Chennai
Reference Books:
1. Text Book of Environmental Studies, Deeshita Dave & P. Udaya Bhaskar,
Cengage Learning.
2. A Textbook of Environmental Studies, Shaashi Chawla, TMH, New Delhi.
3. Environmental Studies, Benny Joseph, Tata McGraw Hill Co, New Delhi.
4. “Perspectives in Environment Studies” Anubha Kaushik, C P Kaushik, New Age
International Publishers, 2014.
Web Links:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7G3eXI_DPn8
2. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122102006/
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AuwG2G_ERU
5. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/fundamentals-of-environmental-pollution.html
****

APPLIED CHEMISTRY
I Semester L T P C
Course Objectives
COB 1: To impart knowledge about polymers and plastic materials that are used in
household appliances, aerospace and automotive industries.
COB 2: To nurture students about fuels as energy source used in industries like
thermal power plant, steel industry, fertilizer industry etc., and
automobiles.
COB 3: To impart knowledge about working of primary, secondary cells. Theories
of corrosion and its control methods.
COB 4: To impart knowledge on advance materials like Nano, Super Conductors
also Semi Conductors and Liquid Crystals.
COB 5: To educate students about renewable energy resources as alternatives for
producing electrical energy.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Explain polymeric materials their uses and moulding techniques of

plastics.
CO 2: Classify solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.
CO 3: Explain about batteries, corrosion and their control methods.
CO 4: Explain Nano materials, Super Conductors, Semi Conductors and Liquid
Crystals.
CO 5: Summarize non-conventional energy sources and their applications.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) - - 2
CO2 (K2) - - -
CO3 (K2) - - -
CO4 (K2) - - 2
CO5 (K2) - - -

UNIT - I:
High Polymers and Plastics:
Polymerisation: Introduction- Mechanism of polymerization - Stereo regular polymers -
Physical and mechanical properties – Plastics as engineering materials: advantages and
limitations – Thermoplastics and Thermosetting plastics – Compounding and fabrication
(compression moulding, injection moulding, extrusion moulding and transfer moulding
techniques)- Preparation, properties and applications of polyethene, PVC, Bakelite and
polycarbonates. Elastomers – Natural rubber- compounding and vulcanization – Synthetic
rubbers: Buna S, Buna N, Thiokol – Applications of elastomers. Biodegradable polymers.
UNIT - II:
Fuel Technology:
Fuels:- Introduction – Classification – Calorific value - HCV and LCV – Dulong’s formula
– Coal –– Proximate and ultimate analysis – Significance of the analyses – Liquid fuels –
Petroleum- Refining – Cracking – Synthetic petrol –Petrol knocking – Diesel knocking -
Octane and Cetane ratings – Anti-knock agents – Power alcohol – Bio-diesel – Gaseous
fuels – Natural gas. LPG and CNG – Combustion – Calculation of air for the combustion
of a fuel – Flue gas analysis – Orsat apparatus.
UNIT - III :
Electrochemical Cells And Corrosion:
Galvanic cells - Reversible and irreversible cells – Single electrode potential- Electro
chemical series and uses of this series- Standard electrodes (Hydrogen and Calomel
electrodes) - Concentration Cells – Batteries: Dry Cell - Li cells - Zinc – air cells.
Corrosion:- Definition – Theories of Corrosion (electrochemical) – Formation of galvanic
cells by different metals, by concentration cells, by differential aeration and waterline
corrosion – Passivity of metals – Pitting corrosion - Galvanic series – Factors which
influence the rate of corrosion - Protection from corrosion – Cathodic protection -
Protective coatings: – Metallic (cathodic and anodic) coatings - Methods of application on
metals (Galvanizing, Tinning, Electroplating, Electroless plating).
UNIT - IV:
Chemistry of Advanced Materials:
Nano materials:-Introduction – Sol-gel method - Carbon nano tubes and fullerenes: Types,
preparation, properties and applications.
Super conductors:-Type –I, Type II – Characteristics and applications
Semi conductors:- Preparation of semiconductors, working of diods and transistors.
Green synthesis:-Principles
Liquid crystals:-Introduction – Types – Applications
Fuel cells:- Introduction - cell representation, H2-O2fuel cell: Design and working,
advantages and Limitations. Types of fuel cells: methanol-oxygen fuel cells.
UNIT - V:
Non Conventional Energy Sources:
Solar Energy: - Introduction, application of solar energy, conversion of solar energy
(Thermal conversion & photo conversion) – photovoltaic cell: design, working and its
importance Non-conventional energy sources:
(i) Hydropower include setup a hydropower plant (schematic diagram)
(ii) Geothermal energy: Introduction-schematic diagram of a geothermal power plant

(iii) Tidal and wave power: Introduction- Design and working-movement of tides and
their effect on sea level.
(iv) Ocean thermal energy: Introduction, closed-cycle, ocean thermal energy conversion
(OTEC), open cycle OTEC, hybrid OTEC, schematic diagram and explanation.
(v) Biomass and biofuels.
Text Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry by Jain and Jain; Dhanpat Rai Publicating Co.
2. A Text books of Applied Chemistry by Dr. Bharathi kumari Yalamananchili, VGS
publications.
3. Engineering Chemistry by Shikha Agarwal; Cambridge University Press, 2015
edition.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry by PrasanthRath, Cengage Learning, 2015 edition.
2. A text book of engineering Chemistry by S. S. Dara; S. Chand & Co Ltd., Latest
Edition
3. Applied Chemistry by H.D. Gesser, Springer Publishers
4. Text book of Nano-science and nanotechnology by B.S. Murthy, P. Shankar and
others, University Press, IIM
Web Links:
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials
2. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2946
***

ENGINEERING MECHANICS
I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171ES1T02 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart knowledge on the concept of forces and its resolution in

different planes, resultant of force system, forces acting on a body, their
free body diagrams using graphical methods and to know the concept of
friction.
COB 2: To make the students calculate the centre of gravity and moment of
inertia.
COB 3: To educate the students about kinematics, kinetics, work - energy and
impulse - momentum principles.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Determine the resultant force and moment for a given force system.
CO 2: Explain the concept of friction.
CO 3: Calculate the forces in planar and spatial systems.
CO 4: Locate centroid of composite areas and centre of gravity of composite
bodies.
CO 5: Calculate the moment of inertia of composite areas and rigid bodies.
CO 6: Apply the concepts of kinematics, kinetics, work - energy and impulse -
momentum methods to particle motion.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K1) 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - -
CO2 (K2) - - -
CO3 (K3) - 1 -
CO4 (K1) - - -
CO5 (K3) - - -
CO6 (K3) - - -

UNIT- I:
Introduction to Engineering Mechanics: Basic Concepts. Systems of Forces: Coplanar
Concurrent Forces & Non Concurrent Forces – Components in Space – Resultant –
Moment of Force and its Application – Couples and Resultant of Force Systems.
Friction: Introduction, limiting friction and impending motion, Coulomb’s laws of dry
friction, coefficient of friction, cone of friction.
UNIT- II:
Equilibrium of Systems of Forces: Free Body Diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium of
Coplanar Systems, and Spatial Systems for concurrent forces. Lami’s Theorem, Converse
of the law of Triangle of forces, Converse of the law of polygon of forces condition of
equilibrium.
UNIT- III:
Centroid: Centroid of simple figures (from basic principles) – Centroid of composite
figures.
Centre of Gravity: Centre of gravity of simple body (from basic principles), Centre of
gravity of composite bodies, Pappus theorems.
UNIT- IV:
Area Moment of Inertia: Definition – Polar Moment of Inertia, Transfer Theorem,
Moment of Inertia of composite figures.
Mass Moment of Inertia: Moment of Inertia of masses, Transfer formula for Mass
Moment of Inertia, Mass Moment of inertia of composite bodies.
UNIT – V:
Kinematics: Basics of linear motion.
Kinetics: Particle and Rigid body in translation – Central force motion – Equations of
plane motion – Fixed axis rotation.
Work – Energy Method: Equations for translation, Work-Energy Applications to particle
motion, Connected system-Fixed axis rotation and plane motion. Impulse momentum
method.
Text Books:
1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics - A.K.Tayal, Umesh Publications.
2. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics - A Nelson, Mc Graw Hill
publications.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics – R.C.Hibbeler, 11th Edn – Pearson
Publications.
2. Engineering Mechanics, statics and dynamics – I.H.Shames, – Pearson
Publications.
3. Mechanics for Engineers, statics - F.P.Beer & E.R.Johnston – 5th Ed. Mc Graw
Hill Publications.
4. Mechanics for Engineers, dynamics - F.P.Beer & E.R.Johnston –5th Ed. Mc Graw
Hill Publications.

Web Links:
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/engineering-mechanics-drgsaravana-
kumar.html
2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2264/Engineering-Mechanics
3. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2690/Applied-Mechanics
4. https://cosmolearning.org/courses/engineering-mechanics/video-lectures/
***

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
I Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart adequate knowledge on the need of programming languages and

problem solving techniques.
COB 2: To develop programming skills using the fundamentals and basics of C
language.
COB 3: To enable effective usage of Control Structures, arrays, Strings, functions,
structures and union.
COB 4: To impart the knowledge of pointers and to understand the principles of
dynamic memory allocation.
COB 5: To illustrate the file concepts and its operations.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate the basic concepts of Computers.

CO 2: Solve mathematical and scientific problems using fundamentals of C.
CO 3: Use Control Structures and Arrays in solving complex problems.
CO 4: Develop modular programs to solve problems using control structures,
Arrays and strings.
CO 5: Demonstrate the pointers concept for allocating and deal locating memory
dynamically.
CO 6: Solve real world problems using the concept of structures and unions.
CO 7: Develop real time applications using file operations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) - - 2
CO2 (K3) 1 - 3
CO3 (K3) 1 - 3
CO4 (K3) 1 - 3
CO5 (K2) - - -
CO6 (K4) - - 3
CO7 (K3) - - 3

UNIT-I:
Computer History, Hardware, Software, Programming Languages and Algorithms:
Fundamental concepts of Computer, Programming Languages - Machine Language,
Assembly Language, Low-level and High-level Languages, Basics of Hardware and
Software, Algorithms, Flowchart, pseudo code, The Software Development Process.
Introduction to C Programming:
Introduction, Structure of a C Program, Identifiers, main () function, print f () function,
Indentation, Comments, Keywords, Data Types, Variables, Constants and Declarations,
Input/ Output Statements, Operators, Type Conversion.
UNIT -II:
Control Flow, Relational Expressions & Arrays:
Selection: if, if-else, nested if with examples, Multi-way selection: switch, else-if with
examples. Repetition: Basic Loop Structures: for, while and do-while loops, counter
controlled and condition controlled loops, nested loops, goto, continue and break.
Arrays: Introduction, Operations on Arrays, 2D Arrays, Arrays as Function Arguments,
Multi Dimensional Arrays.
UNIT-III:
Functions:
Basics of Functions: Declaration, Definition and call, Categories of Functions, passing
parameters to Functions, Variable Scope, Storage Classes, Recursive Functions, Recursion
and its Types.
Strings:
String Fundamentals, String Processing with and without Library Functions.
UNIT-IV:
Pointers:
Concept of a Pointer, Declaring and Initializing Pointer Variables, Pointer Expressions and
Address Arithmetic, Null Pointers, Generic Pointers, Pointers as Function arguments,
Pointer to Pointer, Pointers and Arrays, Pointers and Strings, Dynamic Memory Allocation
Functions, Dangling Pointer, Command line Arguments.
UNIT-V:
Structures:
Introduction to Structures, Nested Structures, Arrays of Structures, Structures and
Functions, Self-Referential Structures, Unions, derived data type, bit-fields.
Data Files:
Introduction to Files, Using Files in C, Reading and Writing with Text Files, Error
Handling during File Operations, Random File Access.
Text Books:
1 Computer Programming, Reema Thareja, OXFORD.
2 ANSI C Programming, Gary J. Bronson, Cengage Learning.
3 Programming in C A-Practial Approach by Ajay Mittal.

Reference Books:
1 C Programming – A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Cengage.
2 The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson
Education.
3 Programming in C, Ashok Kamthane.
Web Links:
1. http://www.c4learn.com/
2. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104019/
4. http://www.learn-c.org/
5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/
****

ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB- I

I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171HS1L01 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling

individualized and independent language learning.
COB 2: To sensitize the students to the nuances of English speech sounds, word
accent and intonation.
COB 3: To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in their pronunciation
of English by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking.
COB 4: To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue
influence.
COB 5: To train students to use language appropriately.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Demonstrate nuances of language through audio-visual experience and

Group activities.
CO 2: Identify accent for intelligibility.
CO 3: Demonstrate in conversation, jams and public speaking.
CO 4: Make use of the concepts to communicate confidently and competently in
English Language in all spheres.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -

CO1 (K2) - - -
CO2 (K3) - - 3
CO3 (K2) - - -
CO4 (K3) - - -
PRACTICE 1:
A. Greeting, Introducing and taking leave
B. Pure Vowels

PRACTICE 2:
A. Giving Information and Asking for Information
B. Diphthongs
PRACTICE 3:
A. Inviting, Accepting and Declining Invitations
B. Consonants
PRACTICE 4:
A. Commands, Instructions and Requests
B. Accent and Rhythm
PRACTICE 5:
A. Suggestions and Opinions
B. Intonation
Reference Books:
1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.Salivendra J.Raju
and Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.
2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad.
3. A Handbook of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications.
4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill
Publishing Company.
5. Word power made handy, Dr. Shalini verma, S. Chand Company.
6. Let us hear them speak, Jayashree Mohanraj, Sage texts.
****

APPLIED CHEMISTRY LAB
I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171BS1L03 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To demonstrate volumetric, conductometric, potentiometric titrations and

PH determination.
COB 2: To educate students about the preparation of thermosetting plastic such as
Bakelite and alternative fuel such as Bio-diesel.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Demonstrate Acid – Base Redox & Complexometric titrations by

volumetric analysis.
CO 2: Demonstrate Acid – Base titrations by instrumental analysis.
CO 3: Prepare polymer like Bakelite.
CO 4: Prepare alternative fuel like Bio-Diesel.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - 1 -
CO2 (K3) - 1 -
CO3 (K3) - - -
CO4 (K3) - - -
Exercise 1:
Introduction to Chemistry laboratory – Molarity, Normality, Primary, secondary standard
solutions, Volumetric titrations, Quantitative analysis, Qualitative analysis, etc.
Exercise 2:
Trial experiment - Determination of HCl using standard Na2CO3 solution.
Exercise 3:
Preparation of Phenol - Formaldehyde resin (Bakelite).
Exercise 4:
Determination of KMnO4 using standard Oxalic acid solution.

Exercise 5:
Determination of ferrous iron using standard K2Cr2O7 solution.
Exercise 6:
Preparation of Bio-Diesel.
Exercise 7:
Determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water using standard EDTA
solution.
Exercise 8:
Determination of Copper using standard EDTA solution.
Exercise 9:
Determination of Iron by a Colorimetric method using thiocynate as reagent.
Exercise 10:
Determination of pH of the given sample solution using pH meter.
Exercise 11:
Conduct metric titration between strong acid and strong base.
Exercise 12:
Conduct metric titration between strong acid and weak base.
Exercise 13:
Potentiometric titration between strong acid and strong base.
Exercise 14:
Potentiometric titration between strong acid and weak base.
Exercise 15:
Determination of Zinc using standard EDTA solution.
Exercise 16:
Determination of Vitamin – C.
Reference Books:
1. A Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, Arthur J. Vogel.
2. Dr.Jyotsna Cherukuris (2012) Laboratory Manual of engineering chemistry - II,
VGS Techno Series.
3. Chemistry Practical Manual, Lorven Publications K. Mukkanti (2009). Practical
Engineering Chemistry, B.S.Publication.
****

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB

I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171ES1L01 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart knowledge on various Editors.

COB 2: To nurture the students on various operators and control structures in C.
COB 3: To demonstrate the modular programming approach for solving problems.
COB 4: To make the students understand, the concepts of array and structures.
COB 5: To explain the file concepts for solving various problems.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Implement basic programs in C.

CO 2: Use Conditional and Iterative statements to solve real time scenarios in C.
CO 3: Implement the concept of Arrays and Modularity.
CO 4: Apply the Dynamic Memory Allocation functions using pointers.
CO 5: Develop programs using structures, and Files.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) 1 - 3
CO2 (K3) - - 3
CO3 (K3) - - 3
CO4 (K3) 1 - 3
CO5 (K3) - - 3
Exercise – 1:
Introduction to C Programming
1.1) Introduction about Editors –Turbo, vi, Emacs
1.2) C Program to Perform Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division of two
numbers from Command line
1.3) Write a C Program to Calculate area of a Triangle using Heron's formula.

Exercise – 2:
Basic Math
2.1) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Year is a Leap Year or not.
2.2) Write a C Program to convert Celsius to Fahrenheit and vice versa.
2.3) Write a C Program to find largest of three numbers using ternary operator.
Exercise – 3:
Control Flow - I
3.1) Write a C program to find the roots of a Quadratic Equation.
3.2) Write a C Program to make a simple Calculator to Add, Subtract, Multiply or Divide
Using switch…case.
3.3) Scenario - 1 ATM PIN GENERATION:
Aditya purchased a credit card. He has to generate a PIN number to access the ATM and
Net banking for which OTP was sent to his registered mobile number. Using this OTP
number he has to generate ATM PIN number. After generating PIN number, he can use it
for further transactions. Maximum login he can make is 3 times.
Sample Input:
OTP: 6732
If valid
Enter PIN: 8858
Confirm your PIN: 8858
Sample output:
valid/Invalid
PIN generated successfully.
Note: OTP is hard coded.
3.4) Scenario - 2 RESET PASSWORD:
Sindhuja was using Syndicate Bank’s Online Account. She wanted to pay her bills through
Online. But she forget her password. Now she has to reset the password. For resetting the
password, she has to select reset option from the Menu.
NOTE: using switch case.
Sample input:
1. Fast withdrawal
2. Mini Statement.
3. Balance Enquiry
4. Reset Password
Enter your choice: 4
Sample Output: Reset password: New password: ***** Confirm password: *****
Exercise –4:
Control Flow - II
4.1) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Number is
i) Prime Number
ii) Armstrong Number
4.2) Write a C program to print Floyd Triangle
4.3) Write a C Program to print Pascal Triangle

Exercise – 5:
Control Flow – III
5.1) Write a C program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer.
5.2) Write a C program to check whether given number is palindrome or not.
5.3) Write a C program to read two numbers, x and n, and then compute the sum of the
geometric progression 1+x+x2 +x3 +………….+xn.
5.4) Scenario - 3 Student Attendance report Generation:
Some of the school staff had failed to maintain the attendance of the students, causing lack
of essential records related to students attendance that should be submitted in a parents
meet. The school management has decided to automate the process in order to maintain the
attendance of every student effectively. You are asked to write a program to the above
scenario and display whether the student is allowed to write the Exam or not.
percentage<65 detained
should pay condonation to appear for
>=65 and <75
Exams
>=75 allowed for Exams
Sample Input:
Enter no of students: 5
Enter Students Details:
Should pay
Rno:1 Name: Kalyan attendance(%):67 condonation to
appear for Exams
Rno:2 Name: laxman attendance(%):56
Rno:3 Name: Yamini attendance(%):79
Rno:4 Name: Aryan attendance(%):60
Rno:5 Name: Raghav attendance(%):88
Sample Output:
Rno Name Attendance (%) Remarks
should pay condonation
1 Kalyan 67
to appear for Exams
2 Laxman 56 detained
3 Yamini 79 allowed for Exams
4 Aryan 60 detained
5 Raghav 88 allowed for Exams
Exercise 6:
Arrays
Demonstration of arrays
6.1) Linear Search.
6.2) Bubble Sort.
6.3) Operations on Matrix.
6.4) Scenario – 4 Celebrity of the Week:
Red FM has launched a program called Celebrity of the week in their channel. Listeners
are given a toll free number where they can listen to list of celebrities. Listeners can
choose their favourite celebrity from the list and vote for him/her. The votes are validated
from Monday to Saturday. The one with highest votes is called as "Celebrity of the Week"

and his/her songs are played in the program, which is aired on Sundays. Now write a
program to find the celebrity of the week.
Sample Input:
1. Nagachaithanya
2. Nithin
3. Prabhas
4. Ram
5. Thamanna
6. Samantha
7. Regina
8. Sruthihasan
Enter no of listeners: 10
Enter your favourite: 3
Sample Output:
"Celebrity of the Week" is PRABHAS
Exercise – 7:
Functions
7.1) Write a C Program to demonstrate parameter passing in Functions and returning
values.
7.2) Write a C Program to find Fibonacci, Factorial of a number with Recursion and
without Recursion.
7.3) Scenario – 5 SELF DRIVE RENTAL
Sadiq and his friends are going to Banglore. But they don’t have a vehicle in Banglore. For
that they go to rental cars to take car for rent. You have find out what is total amount of
car’s rent. The car’s rentals and rules are as follows.
i) Minimum booking is 4.
ii) There are 3 types of cars
A) SWIFT
B) SCORPIO
C) INNOVA
iii) There are 3 categories in cars rental
A) LTTE
B) CLASS
C) XL
FOR SWIFT,
 In LTTE 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.70 per one hour, if they exceed
5kmph, then Rs.12 per km.
 In CLASS, 10 kms are free for one hour and Rs.90 per one hour, if they exceed

 In XL, 15 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they exceed
FOR SCORPIO,
 In LTTE, 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.90 per one hour, if they exceed
FOR INNOVA
 In LTTE, 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they exceed
SAMPLE INPUT:
ENTER NO.OF DAYS AND HOURS FOR CAR: 01 02 (I.E 1 DAY 2 HOURS = 26
HOURS)
1. SWIFT
2. SCORPIO
3. INNOVA
SELECT A CAR: 2
1. LTTE
2. CLASS
3. XL
SELECT RENTAL TYPE: 2
TOTAL KMS COVERED: 300
SAMPLE OUTPUT:
TOTAL HOURS: 26
CAR NAME: SCORPIO
RENTAL TYPE: CLASS
AMOUNT: 2860
EXCEED AMOUNT (40KM 600
*15):
GRAND TOTAL: 3460
Exercise – 8:
Strings
8.1) Implementation of string manipulation operations with library function.
i) copy
ii) concatenate
iii) length
iv) compare
8.2) Implementation of string manipulation operations without library function.

i) copy
ii) concatenate
iii) length
iv) compare
8.3) Verify whether the given string is a palindrome or not
8.4) Scenario – 6 Word with Obesity:
Jeeth is a fun loving and active boy. He likes to play with words and numbers. One day
Jeeth and his friends attended a seminar, which was conducted in his school. The Seminar
was about "Causes of obesity in children and its effects". Jeeth and his friend Ram are not
interested in listening to the seminar, so he thought of giving a puzzle to Ram. Jeeth gave
some words to Ram and wanted him to find the word with Obesity. Ram was confused and
asking your help. Write a program to find the weights of the words and display the word
with highest weight (word with obesity).
Sample Input:
Enter no of words: 3
Enter 3 words: apple banana carrot
Sample Output:
Word with Obesity is carrot
Exercise – 9:
Arrays and Pointers
9.1) Write a C Program to Access Elements of an Array Using Pointer
9.2) Write a C Program to find the sum of numbers with arrays and pointers.
Exercise – 10:
Dynamic Memory Allocations
10.1) Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this
program, allocate memory dynamically using malloc () function.
10.2)Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this
program, allocate memory dynamically using calloc () function. Understand the difference
between the above two programs
Exercises – 11:
Structures
11.1) Write a C Program to Store Information of a book Using Structure
11.2) Write a C Program to Store Information Using Structures with Dynamically Memory
Allocation
11.3) Write a C Program to Add Two Complex Numbers by Passing Structure to a
Function
11.4) Scenario – 7 Library Management
Shilpa student of PGEC got the Library Card. She wants to lend the books from the
Library. The college gave two cards to each and every student. The students can lend only
two books at a time and it has to be returned back after 15 days. If the books are not
returned late fee will be collected for no. of days the books were returned after the due
date. Late fee per day is Rs.50/-
Sample Input.
Enter the name of student, Roll No. Branch, Section, Year, DOL, DOR,

Sample output
No. of days returned after the due date = 5
Late fee per day = Rs. 50
Fine paid by the student is 5 * 50 =250.
Exercise -12:
Files
12.1) Write a C program to open a file and to print the contents of the file on screen.
12.2) Write a C program to copy content of one file to another file.
12.3) Write a C program to merge two files and store content in another file.
12.4) Scenario – 8 Student Information System Using Files:
Lakshya International school was recently established and having large no of admissions.
The school management wanted the Student information to be computerized and wanted to
maintain in a simple and in effective manner. You are asked to develop Student
Information System using Files to perform the following tasks
1. Add New Student
2. Update Existing Student
3. Delete Existing Student
4. Retrieve A Particular/All Students
Sample Input:
Choose the task you want to perform:
1. Add
2. Update
3. Delete
4. Retrieve
Your choice: 1
Enter student details:
Name: Akhil
Age: 5
Class: 1
Sample Output:
Student details added
Reference Books:
1. Let Us C by Yashwanth Kanetkar.
2. Programming in C A-Practial Approach by Ajay Mittal.
3. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson
Education.
Web Links:
1. https://www.hackerrank.com/
2. https://www.codechef.com/
3. https://www.topcoder.com/
4. https://code-cracker.github.io/
****

ENGLISH – II
II Semester L T P C
Introduction:
In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and
the consequent emphasis on training the students to acquire communicative competence,
the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competence of
the students of Engineering.
As far as the detailed Textbooks are concerned, the focus should be on the skills of
listening, speaking, reading and writing. The non-detailed Textbooks are meant for
extensive reading for pleasure and profit.
Thus the stress in the syllabus is primarily on the development of communicative skills
and fostering of ideas.
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with

emphasis on LSRW skills.
COB 2: To enable the students to study and comprehend the prescribed lessons and
subjects more effectively relating to their theoretical and practical
components.
COB 3: To develop the communication skills of the students in both formal and
informal situations.
COB 4: To make the learner understand how modern life has been shaped by
Technology.
COB 5: To make the students understand the importance of work.
LISTENING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1 To enable the students to appreciate the role of listening skill and improve their
pronunciation.
2 To enable the students to comprehend the speech of people belonging to different
backgrounds and regions.
3 To enable the students to listen for general content, to fill up information and for
specific information.
SPEAKING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1 To make the students aware of the importance of speaking for their personal and
professional communication.
2 To enable the students to express themselves fluently and accurately in social and
professional success.

3 To help the students describe objects, situations and people.

4 To make the students participate in group activities like role-plays, discussions and
debates.
5 To make the students participate in Just a Minute talks.
READING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1 To enable the students to comprehend a text through silent reading.
2 To enable the students to guess the meanings of words, messages and inferences of
texts in given contexts.
3 To enable the students to skim and scan a text.
4 To enable the students to identify the topic sentence.
5 To enable the students to identify discourse features.
6 To enable the students to make intensive and extensive reading.
WRITING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1 To make the students understand that writing is an exact formal skills.
2 To enable the students to write sentences and paragraphs.
3 To make the students identify and use appropriate vocabulary.
4 To enable the students capable of note-making.
5 To make the students to write formal and informal letters.
6 To enable the students to write CV
7 To enable the students to write technical reports.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Compare the difference between modern technology and people’s

technology.
CO 2: Identify the causes for climate change.
CO 3: Explain the applications of modern technologies.
CO 4: Infer that spiritual help is the true bias of all activities in life.
CO 5: Identify professional work habits, necessary for effective collaboration
and cooperation.
CO 6: Rephrase coherent writing in political, social and religious background.
CO 7: Demonstrate writing and basic concepts of grammar skills.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO6 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO7 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -


CO1 (K2) - - 2
CO2 (K3) - 1 -
CO3 (K2) - - 2
CO4 (K2) - - -
CO5 (K3) - - -
CO6 (K2) - - -
CO7 (K2) - - -
Methodology:
1 The class is to be learner-centred where the learners are to read the texts to get a
comprehensive idea of those texts on their own with the help of the peer group and
the teacher.
2 Integrated skill development methodology has to be adopted with focus on
individual language skills as per the tasks/exercise.
3 The tasks/exercises at the end of each unit should be completed by the learners
only and the teacher intervention is permitted as per the complexity of the
task/exercise.
4 The teacher is expected to use supplementary material wherever necessary and also
generate activities/tasks as per the requirement.
5 The teacher is permitted to use lecture method when a completely new concept is
introduced in the class.
Recommended Topics:
UNIT-I:
1. TECHNOLOGY WITH A HUMAN FACE (Detailed)
2. AN IDEAL FAMILY (Non-Detailed)
UNIT-II:
1. CLIMATE CHANGE AND HUMAN STRATEGY (Detailed)
2. WAR (Non-Detailed)
UNIT-III:
1. EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES (Detailed)
2. THE VERGER (Non-Detailed)
UNIT-IV:
1. THE SECRET OF WORK (Detailed)
2. THE SCARECROW (Non-Detailed)
UNIT-V:
1. WORK BRINGS SOLACE (Detailed)
2. A VILLAGE LOST TO THE NATION (Non-Detailed)
Text Books:
Detailed Text Book: ‘Sure Outcomes’ by Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd. Publishers.

Non Detailed Text Book : Panorama- A course on Reading by Oxford University Press
Pvt. Ltd. Publishers.
Web Links:
1. http://www.cooperative-individualism.org/schumacher-e-f_technology-with-a-
human-face-1973.htm
2. http://www.sinden.org/verger.html
3. http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2015/05/work-brings-solace-sure-out-comes-b.html
4. http://www.ramakrishnavivekananda.info/vivekananda/volume_1/karma-
yoga/secret_of_work.htm
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_power_in_Spain
***

MATHEMATICS-II
II Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
design skills.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Apply various numerical methods to find roots of equations and

interpolating polynomials.
CO 2: Apply numerical methods to initial value problems and problems
involving integration.
CO 3: Find the Fourier series of a given function and study the convergence of
the series.
CO 4: Find the Fourier transforms for given functions.
CO 5: Apply method of separation of variables to solve one dimensional heat
equation and wave equation and two dimensional laplace equations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) 1 1 -
CO2 (K3) 1 1 3
CO3 (K2) - - 2
CO4 (K2) - - 2
CO5 (K3) 1 1 3
UNIT I:
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations and Interpolation:
Introduction- Bisection method – Method of false position – Iteration method – Newton -
Raphson method.
Errors in polynomial interpolation – Finite differences- Forward differences-Backward
differences –Central differences – Relation between operators - Differences of a

polynomial-Newton’s formulae for interpolation – Interpolation with unequal intervals -

Lagrange’s interpolation formula.
UNIT II:
Numerical Integration and solution of Ordinary Differential equations:
Trapezoidal rule- Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule-Solution of ordinary differential equations
by Taylor’s series-Picard’s method of successive approximations-Euler’s method,
Modified Euler’s method – Runge - Kutta method (fourth order).
UNIT III:
Fourier Series:
Fourier series of periodic function - Dirichlet’s conditions for Fourier expansion -
Functions having points of discontinuities–Change of interval – Even and odd functions –
Half-range series.
UNIT IV:
Fourier Transforms:
Fourier integral theorem (without proof) – Fourier sine and cosine integrals - sine and
cosine transforms – properties – inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms.
UNIT V:
Applications of Partial Differential Equations:
Classification of Higher order P.D.E - Method of separation of Variables- Solution of One
dimensional Wave equation, Heat equation and two-dimensional Laplace equation.
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers.
2. V. Ravindranath and P. Vijayalakshmi, Mathematical Methods, Himalaya
Publishing House.
Reference Books:
1. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC Press.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-India.
3. Dass H.K., Rajnish Verma. Er., Higher Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Co.
Pvt. Ltd, Delhi.
4. Higher engineering mathematics by John Bird, 5th edition Elsevier Limited, 2006.
5. Advance engineering mathematics by SRK Iyengar, Alpha Sciences International
Publication.
Web Links:
****

MATHEMATICS-III
L T P C
II Semester
Course Objectives:
design skills.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Compute Laplace transform of various functions.

CO 2: Apply Laplace transform to solve initial value problems.
CO 3: Discuss about beta and gamma function, double integral over a region and
triple integral over a volume.
CO 4: Find the gradient of a scalar function, divergence and curl of a vector
function.
CO 5: Apply line, surface and volume integrals to find work done by a force,
flux.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) 1 1 3
CO2 (K3) 1 1 -
CO3 (K2) - - 2
CO4 (K2) - - -
CO5 (K3) 1 1 -
UNIT - I:
Laplace transforms:
Laplace transforms of standard functions-First Shifting theorem, Change of scale,
Multiplication with t, Division by t - Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Unit step
function –Dirac’s delta function, Periodic functions.

UNIT- II:
Inverse Laplace transforms:
Inverse Laplace transforms – Convolution theorem (without proof), Second shifting
theorem.
*(MATLAB Exercise: Computing Laplace transform off (t) using symbolic toolbox,
Solving initial value problems using ‘dsolve’)
Applications:
Evaluating improper integrals, solving initial value problems using Laplace transforms.
UNIT - III:
Multiple integrals and Beta, Gamma functions:
Multiple integrals: Double and triple integrals – Change of variables – Change of order of
integration, Beta and Gamma functions- Properties - Relation between Beta and Gamma
functions-
Applications:
Finding Areas and Volumes.
UNIT - IV:
Vector Differentiation:
Gradient - Directional Derivatives - Divergence- Curl - Laplacian operator -
Vector identities.
Applications:
Equation of continuity, potential surfaces
UNIT - V:
Vector Integration:
Line integral – Work done - Surface and volume integrals, Green’s Theorem, Stokes
Theorem and Gauss Divergence theorem (without proof) and related problems.
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers.
2. Dr. T K V Iyengar, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Publications.
Reference Books:
1. George B. Thomas, D, Weir and J. Hass. Thomas Calculus, 12th edition, 2010
Pearson Education
2. Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2nd edition, Pearson Education.
3. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-India.
4. W. Jordan and T. Smith, Mathematical Techniques, Oxford University Press.
Web Links:
****

APPLIED PHYSICS
II Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To equip the students with basic knowledge of physics in the areas of
optics and lasers.
COB 2: To impart the basic knowledge of quantum mechanics and
Semiconductors to engineering students.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Make use of the basic concepts of interference and relate to the principle
of interferometer.
CO 2: Relate the basic concepts of diffraction to illustrate the principle of optical
instruments like Telescope & microscope.
CO 3: Explain the basic concepts of polarization, principle of polarimeter and the
method of producing high intensity light beams.
CO 4: Interpret the wave nature of microscopic particles by using quantum
mechanics and explain the electrical conductivity of materials.
CO 5: Explain the behaviour of materials and be able to classify them using the
band theory of solids and the basic concepts of semiconductors.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) 1 - -
CO2 (K2) - - -
CO3 (K2) - - -
CO4 (K2) - - -
CO5 (K2) - - -
UNIT-I:
Interference:
Principle of Superposition – Coherence– Interference in thin films (reflection geometry) –
Newton’s rings – construction and working principle of Interferometer.

UNIT-II:
Diffraction:
Fraunhofer diffraction at single slit – Cases of double slit, N-slits, & circular aperture,
Grating equation – Rayleigh criterion of resolving power-Resolving power of a grating,
Telescope and Microscopes
UNIT-III:
Polarization:
Types of Polarization – Methods of production – Nicol Prism –Quarter wave plate and
Half Wave plate- working principle of polarimeter (Sacharimeter).
LASERS: Characteristics– Stimulated emission – Einstein’s Transition Probabilities-
Pumping schemes- Ruby laser – Helium Neon laser-CO2 Laser-Applications
UNIT-IV:
Quantum Mechanics:
Introduction –Matter waves – Schrödinger Time Independent and Time Dependent wave
equations – Particle in a box.
FREE ELECTRON THEORY: Defects of classical free electron theory –Quantum Free
electron theory – concept of Fermi Energy.
UNIT-V:
Band Theory of Solids:
Bloch’s theorem (qualitative) – Kronig – Penney model (Qualitative) – energy bands in
crystalline solids – classification of crystalline solids– effective mass of electron &
concept of hole.
Semiconductor Physics:
Conduction – Density of carriers in Intrinsic and Extrinsic semiconductors – Drift &
Diffusion – relevance of Einstein’s equation- Hall effect in semiconductors.
Text Books:
1. Applied Physics – by M.N.Avadhanulu and T.V.S. Arun Murthy, S. Chand &
Company Ltd.,
2. Engineering Physics by D. K. Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press
(2015).
Reference Books:
1. Applied Physics by P. K. Palanisamy, Scitech publications (2014)
2. Concepts of Modern Physics, Arthur Beiser, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, (2003)
Engineering Physics by M. Arumugam, Anuradha Publication (2014).
Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122107035/11
3. https://phet.colorado.edu/en/simulations/category/physics
4. http://physicsgecg.blogspot.in/p/reading-materials.html
5. https://sites.google.com/site/physicsbysureshsaganti/home
****

ENGINEERING DRAWING
II Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart the knowledge for drawing various types of polygons, conic
sections and scales.
COB 2: To improve the visualization skills of the students for representing the 3D
objects in 2D planes.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Sketch the polygons, conics and scales by using the principles of drawing.
CO 2: Draw Orthographic projections of points and lines.
CO 3: Draw Orthographic projections of planes in various positions.
CO 4: Draw Orthographic projections of solids in various positions.
CO 5: Construct isometric scale and isometric projections.
CO 6: Convert isometric view in to orthographic views.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - 3 - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - 3 - -

CO1 (K3) - - -
CO2 (K3) - - -
CO3 (K3) - - -
CO4 (K3) - - -
CO5 (K3) 1 1 -
CO6 (K3) 1 1 -
UNIT-I
Introduction to Engineering Drawing:
Lettering, Dimensioning, Types of lines.
Geometrical Constructions:
Construction of regular polygons by general method and inscribing circle method. Special
methods for pentagon and hexagon.

Conic Sections:
Ellipse, Parabola and Hyperbola by general method (eccentricity method) and special
methods.
Scales:
Plain Scale, Diagonal Scale and Vernier Scales.
UNIT-II: Orthographic Projections:

Introduction to orthographic projections, Projections of Points, Projections of Lines.
UNIT-III: Projections of Planes:

Regular planes perpendicular/parallel to one reference plane and inclined to other
reference plane; inclined to both the reference planes.
UNIT-IV: Projections of Solids:

Prisms, Pyramids, Cones and Cylinders with the axis parallel to both the reference planes
and axis inclined to one of the reference planes.
UNIT-V: Isometric Projections

Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections, Conversion of Isometric views into Orthographic
projections.
Text Books:
1. Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt, Charotar Publishers.
2. Engineering Drawing by K.L.Narayana and P. Kannaiah. Scitech Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Drawing by K. Venugopal, New Age Publications.
2. Engineering Drawing by M. B. shah & B.C. Rana., Pearson’s Publishers.
3. Engineering Drawing by B. Agrawal & C.M. Agrawal, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Publishers.
Web Links:
2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3420/Engineering-Drawing
3. http://engineeringdrawing.org
4. http://inoxwap.com/video/category/engineering-drawing-for-first-year-
engineering.html
****

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS – I
II Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171EE2T01 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course are
COB 1: To impart the fundamental concepts like circuit elements (passive and active) and
its V-I relations and various network reduction techniques.
COB 2: To impart the behaviour of RLC networks for sinusoidal excitations, and to study
the performance of R-L, R-C and R-L-C circuits with variation of one of the
parameters and to understand the concept of resonance.
COB 3: To impart the applications of network topology to electrical circuits.
COB 4: To impart the applications of network theorems for analysis of electrical
networks.
COB 5: To impart the adequate knowledge on fundamental concepts of magnetic coupled
circuit.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Compare various electrical networks.

CO 2: Summarize the behaviour of RLC networks for sinusoidal excitations.
CO 3: Analyzes the performance of R-L, R-C and R-L-C circuits with variation of one
of the parameters and concept of resonance.
CO 4: Solve Electrical networks with network topology concepts.
CO 5: Illustrate various electrical networks by using principles of network theorems.
CO 6: Develop magnetic circuits with various dot conventions.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1) 1 - - 2 - - - - - - 1 -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - 2 -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 2 - - - 3 - - - - -

CO1 (K1) - - 1
CO2 (K2) - - 2
CO3 (K3) 1 1 3
CO4 (K3) 1 1 3
CO5 (K2) - - -
CO6 (K3) 1 1 3

UNIT-I:
Introduction to Electrical Circuits:
Passive components and their V-I relations- sources (dependent and independent) -
kirchhoff’s laws, network reduction techniques (series, parallel, series - parallel, star-to-
delta and delta-to-star transformation) - source transformation technique - nodal analysis
and mesh analysis.
UNIT-II:
Single Phase A.C Systems:
Periodic waveforms (determination of rms, average value and form factor) - concept of
phase angle and phase difference - waveforms and phasor diagrams for lagging, leading
networks - complex and polar forms of representations, steady state analysis of R, L and C
circuits - power factor and its significance real, reactive power and apparent power,
waveform of instantaneous power triangle and complex power.
Analysis of AC Networks:
Extension of node and mesh analysis to AC networks, numerical problems on sinusoidal
steady state analysis, series and parallel resonance, selectively band width and quality
factor. Introduction to locus diagram.
UNIT-III:
Network topology:
Definitions of graph and tree, basic cut set and tie set matrices for planar networks, loop
and nodal methods of analysis of networks with dependent and independent voltage and
current sources, duality and dual networks.
UNIT-IV:
Network theorems (With AC& DC excitations):
Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, maximum power transfer
theorem using dependent sources also. Introduction to reciprocity theorem, Millman’s
theorem, compensation theorem, Tellegen’s Theorem, substitution Theorem.
UNIT-V:
Magnetic Circuit:
Basic definition of MMF, flux and reluctance. Analogy between electrical and magnetic
circuits. Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction, concept of self and mutual
inductance. Dot convention-coefficient of coupling and composite magnetic circuit.
Analysis of series and parallel magnetic circuits.
Text Books:
1. Engineering Circuit Analysis by William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerley,McGraw
Hill Company,6 th edition
2. Network Analysis: Van Valkenburg; Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Electrical Circuits by Charles K. Alexander and Mathew N. O.
Sadiku, McGraw Hill Education (India)
2. Electric Circuits– (Schaum’s outlines) by Mahmood Nahvi& Joseph Edminister,
Adapted by KumaRao, 5th Edition – McGraw Hill.
3. Introductory Circuit Analysis by Robert L Boylestad, Pearson Publications
4. Circuit Theory (Analysis and Synthesis) by A. Chakrabarthi, DhanpatRai &Co.

5. Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis by Ed. J. David Irwin, R. M. Nelms, Wiley

Publications.
6. Electrical & Electronics Technology by Hughes, 8th Edition, Pearson Publications.
Web Links:
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/circuit-theory.html
2. https://www.youtube.com/user/nptelhrd/videos
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network_analysis_(electrical_circuits)
4. https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Circuit_Theory
****

ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB - II

II Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171HS2L02 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling

individualized and independent language learning.
COB 2: To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue
Influence.
COB 3: To train students to use language appropriately
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate interpersonal skills using language confidently and effectively

for personal and profession growth.
CO 2: Make use of effective delivery strategies to select, compile, and synthesize
information for an oral presentation.
CO 3: Demonstrate in mock interviews, mock group discussion and public
speaking.
CO 4: Identify communicative competency to respond to others in different
situations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -

CO1 (K2) - - -
CO2 (K3) - - 3
CO3 (K2) - - -
CO4 (K3) - - -
PRACTICE 1:
Body Language
PRACTICE 2:
Dialogues
PRACTICE 3:
Presentation Skills

PRACTICE 4:
Group Discussion
PRACTICE 5:
Interviews and Telephonic Interviews.
PRACTICE 6:
Debates
Reference Books:
1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.Salivendra J.Raju
and Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.
2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad.
3. A Handbook of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications.
4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill
Publishing Company.
5. Cornerstone, Developing soft skills, Pearson Education.
****

APPLIED PHYSICS LAB

II Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171BS2L04 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the students gain practical knowledge to co- relate with the
theoretical studies.
COB 2: To impart skills in measurements.
COB 3: To plan the experimental procedure and to record and process the results
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Use spectrometer, polarimeter, travelling microscope for making

measurements.
CO 2: Determine energy gap of a semiconductor, draw characteristic curves to
estimate thermal coefficient of a thermsitor, zener diode.
CO 3: Determine the rigidity and determine frequency of an unknown electric
vibrator.
CO 4: Determine wavelength of unknown source, the width of narrow slits,
spacing Between close rulings using lasers and appreciate the accuracy in
measurements.
CO 5: Verify magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - -
CO2 (K2) - - -
CO3 (K3) - - -
CO4 (K3) - - -
CO5 (K3) 1 - -

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
(Any 10 of the following listed experiments)
1. Determination of wavelength of a source-Diffraction Grating-Normal incidence.

2. Newton’s rings – Radius of Curvature of Plano - Convex Lens.
3. Determination of thickness of a spacer using wedge film and parallel interference
fringes.
4. Determination of Rigidity modulus of a material- Torsional Pendulum.
5. Determination of Acceleration due to Gravity and Radius of Gyration- Compound
Pendulum.
6. Melde’s experiment – Transverse and Longitudinal modes.
7. Verification of laws of vibrations in stretched strings – Sonometer.
8. Determination of velocity of sound – Volume Resonator.
9. L- C- R Series Resonance Circuit.
10. Study of I/V Characteristics of Semiconductor diode.
11. I/V characteristics of Zener diode.
12. Characteristics of Thermistor – Temperature Coefficients.
13. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil – Stewart and Gee’s
apparatus.
14. Energy Band gap of a Semiconductor p - n junction.
15. Hall Effect in semiconductors.
16. Time constant of CR circuit.
17. Determination of wavelength of laser source using diffraction grating.
18. Determination of Young’s modulus by method of single cantilever oscillations.
19. Determination of lattice constant – lattice dimensions kit.
20. Determination of Planck’s constant using photocell.
21. Determination of surface tension of liquid by capillary rise method.
22. Polarimeter – Determination of specific rotation of sugar solution.
23. Single Slit – Determination of Slit width using laser or Determination of
Wavelength of laser.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Physics Lab Manual by Dr.C.V.Madhusudhana Rao, V.Vasanth
Kumar, Scitech Publications.
2. Laboratory Manual Cum Record for Engineering Physics I & II by Dr.Y.Aparna,
Dr.K.Venkateswara Rao, VGS Technoseries.
****

ENGINEERING WORKSHOP & IT WORKSHOP

II Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171ES2L02 0 0 3 2
ENGINEERING WORKSHOP
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart hands-on practice on basic engineering trades and skills.

COB 2: To nurture the students to be able to build various joints used in different
trades used for various domestic and Industrial applications.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Construct the various wooden joints.
CO 2: Prepare the various fitting joints.
CO 3: Experiment with different shapes by black smithy.
CO 4: Develop components for making the various sheet metal models.
CO 5: Experiment with the various house wiring connections.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - -
CO2 (K3) - - -
CO3 (K3) - - -
CO4 (K3) - - -
CO5 (K3) 1 1 -
Trade:
Carpentry:
1. T-Lap Joint
2. Cross Lap Joint
3. Dovetail Joint
4. Mortise and Tenon Joint
Fitting:
1. Vee Fit
2. Square Fit
3. Half Round Fit
4. Dovetail Fit

Black Smithy:
1. Round rod to Square
2. S-Hook
3. Round Rod to Flat Ring
4. Round Rod to Square headed bolt
House Wiring:
1. Parallel / Series Connection of three bulbs
2. Stair Case wiring
3. Florescent Lamp Fitting
4. Measurement of Earth Resistance
Tin Smithy:
1. Taper Tray
2. Square Box without lid
3. Open Scoop
4. Funnel
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Workshop Dr. A. B. Srinivasa Rao, AMIGO Books.
2. Manual on Workshop practice by Dr. P.Kannaiah & Dr. K.L.Narayana, Scitech
publications.
IT WORKSHOP
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To nurture the students to identify the basic components of a computer.

COB 2: To demonstrate the process of assembling and disassembling of computer
parts.
COB 3: To explain the installation of operating systems.
COB 4: To make the students develop applications like spread sheet, documents,
presentation using the software like MS office, LATEX.
COB 5: To illustrate the usage of internet.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify various components and its functions.

CO 2: Apply the knowledge of computer peripherals in assembling,
disassembling and troubleshooting of personal computer.
CO 3: Experiment with installation of operating system and make the
computer ready to use.
CO 4: Prepare word documents, excel sheets and power point presentation.
CO 5: Develop LaTeX documents to handling equations and images
effectively.
CO 6: Make use of internet to enhance their technical skills.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1) 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO1 (K1) - - -
CO2 (K3) - - 3
CO3 (K3) - - 3
CO4 (K3) - - 3
CO5 (K3) - - 3
CO6 (K3) 1 1 3
Exercise 1: Identification of peripherals of a computer

Block diagram of the CPU along with the configuration of the each peripheral and its
functions.
Exercise 2: System Assembling and Disassembling

Disassembling the components of a PC and assemble them back to working condition.
Exercise 3: Installation of softwares

Installation of operating Systems: Windows, Linux along with necessary Device Drivers,
Installation of application softwares and Tools.
Exercise 4: Troubleshooting (Demonstration)

Hardware Troubleshooting: Identification of a problem and fixing a defective PC Software
Troubleshooting: Identification of a problem and fixing the PC for any software issues.
Exercise 5:Network Configuration and Internet

Configuring TCP/IP, proxy and firewall settings, Internet and World Wide Web-Search
Engines, Types of search engines, netiquette, cyber hygiene.
Exercise 6: MS-Office / Open Office

a. Word - Formatting, Page Borders, Reviewing, Equations, symbols.
b. Spread Sheet - organize data, usage of formula, graphs and charts.
c. Power point - features of power point, guidelines for preparing an effective
Presentation.
d. Access- creation of database, validate data.
Exercise 7:LaTeX
LaTeX - basic formatting, handling equations and images.

Reference Books:
1. Computer Hardware, Installation, Interfacing, Troubleshooting and Maintenance,
K.L. James, Eastern Economy Edition.
2. Microsoft Office 2007: Introductory Concepts and Techniques, Windows XP
Edition by Gary B. Shelly, Misty E. Vermaat and Thomas J. Cashman (2007,
Paperback).
3. LATEX- User’s Guide and Reference manual, Leslie Lamport, Pearson, LPE, 2/e.
4. Scott Mueller’s Upgrading and Repairing PCs, 18/e, Scott. Mueller, QUE, Pearson,
2008.
5. The Complete Computer upgrade and repair book, 3/e, Cheryl A Schmidt, Dream
tech.
6. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit Vikas Gupta, WILEY Dream tech.
7. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson
Education.
Web Links:
1. https://assembleyourpc.net
2. https://lifehacker.com
3. http://www.teachmsoffice.com
4. https://www.latex-tutorial.com/tutorials
****

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS-II
III Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the students acquire the basic concepts of three phase circuits.
COB 2: To enable the students study the importance of transients in Electrical
systems.
COB 3: To educate the students with the basic knowledge of Network parameters
of Electrical network.
COB 4: To enable the students study the realization of electrical network function
into electrical equivalent passive elements.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the importance of three phase circuits with Star& Delta connected
balanced and unbalanced loads.
CO 2: Analyze the transient behaviour of electrical networks for DC excitations.
CO 3: Analyze the transient behaviour of electrical networks for AC excitations.
CO 4: Obtain the various network parameters for the given two port networks.
CO 5: Realization of electrical networks into different forms.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4(K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO/PSO PSO 1 (K5) PSO 2 (K5) PSO 3 (K3)

CO1(K2) - - 2
CO2(K4) 2 2 3
CO3(K4) 2 2 3
CO4(K4) 2 2 3
CO5(K4) 2 2 3
UNIT-I
Three Phase circuits: Phase sequence- star and delta connection - relation between line
and phase voltages and currents - analysis of balanced three phase circuits - measurement
of active and reactive power. Analysis of three phase unbalanced circuits: Loop method,
Star-Delta transformation technique, Millman’s Theorem, Two wattmeter methods for
measurement of three phase power.

UNIT-II
Transient Analysis in DC circuits: Transient response of R-L, R-C, and R-L circuits of
DC excitation, Solutions using Differential equations and Laplace Transforms.
UNIT-III
Transient Analysis in AC circuits: Transient response of R-L, R-C, and R-L circuits of
AC excitation, Solutions using Differential equations and Laplace Transforms.
UNIT-IV
Two Port Networks: Two Port network parameters-Z, Y, ABCD and Hybrid parameters
and their relations, Cascaded networks. Poles and zeros of network functions.
UNIT-V
Network Synthesis: Positive real functions, Hurwitz polynomials, Realization of passive
RL, RC and LC networks using Foster and Cauer forms.
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits by Charles K. Alexander, Matthew N.O. Sadiku,
McGraw-Hill Publications, 6th Edition, July 2017.
2. Engineering Circuit Analysis by Hayt, W. H, Kemmerly J. E. & Durbin, McGraw
Hill Publications, 8th Edition, August 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Electric Circuits - Schaum's Outline Series, Joseph. A. Edminister, McGraw-Hill
Publications, 5th Edition, July 2017.
2. Network Analysis and Synthesis, Ravish R Singh, McGraw-Hill publications,
July,2017
3. Network Theory: Analysis and Synthesis, Smarajit Ghosh, PHI publications, July
2005.
4. Circuit Theory: Analysis and Synthesis, Abhijit Chakrabarti, Dhanpat rai &co,
January 2017.
5. Electrical circuit theory and Technology, John Bird, Routledge, March 2017.
Web links:
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/three-phase-circuit-star-and-delta-system.
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/relationship-of-line-and-phase-voltages-and-currents-
in-a-star.
3. https://www.electrical4u.com/advantages-of-three-phase-system-over-single-phase-
system.
4. https://www.electrical4u.com/electric-power-single-and-three-phase.
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/measurement-of-three-phase-power.

ELECTRICAL MACHINES – I
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To equip the student with knowledge of the unifying principles of

electromagnetic energy conversion.
COB 2: To enable the students study the construction, principle of operation and
performance of DC machines.
COB 3: To facilitate the usage of the characteristics, performance, methods of speed
control and testing methods of DC motors.
COB 4: To demonstrate the students estimate the performance of single phase
transformers with equivalent circuit models by conducting OC and SC test.
COB 5: To help the students acquire the three phase transformers and achieve three
phase to two phase conversion.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the concepts of electromechanical energy conversion.

CO 2: Evaluate the ill-effects of armature reaction in dc machines.
CO 3: Determine the torque production mechanism and control the speed of dc motors.
CO 4: Analyze the performance of single phase transformers by regulation, losses and
efficiency
CO 5: Inspect the parallel transformers, control voltages with tap changing methods
and achieve three-phase to two-phase transformer.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3
CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3
CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 3

UNIT-I
Electro Mechanical Energy Conversion: Principles of electromechanical energy
conversion – Energy, Co-energy – Forces of electromagnetic origin – Single and multiple
excited magnetic field system – Elementary concepts of rotating machines – mmf of
distributed winding - Rotating magnetic field – Torque – Magnetic Leakage.
UNIT- II
DC Generator: DC Generator- Construction – Lap and wave winding – emf equation-
excitation and types of generators- Characteristics - armature reaction-methods of
improving commutation- testing power flow diagram-Applications.
UNIT-III
DC Motor: DC Motor-torque equation – types-back emf and voltage equations-
characteristics- Starting Speed control- testing-direct, indirect and regenerative tests-Power
flow and efficiency separation of losses-retardation test
UNIT-IV
Single Phase Transformer: Transformers Types and constructional details - principle of
operation - emf equation - operation on no load and on load – lagging, leading and UNIT
y power factors loads - phasor diagrams of transformers – equivalent circuit – regulation –
losses and efficiency – effect of variation of frequency and supply voltage on losses – All
day efficiency.
UNIT-V
Single-Phase Transformers Testing: Tests on single phase transformers – open circuit
and short circuit tests – Sumpner’s test – separation of losses – parallel operation with
equal voltage ratios – auto transformer - equivalent circuit – comparison with two winding
transformers.
3-Phase Transformer: Poly phase connections - Y/Y, Y/∆, ∆/Y, ∆/∆ and open ∆ -- Third
harmonics in phase voltages - three winding transformers: determination of Zp, Zs and Zt -
- transients in switching - off load and on load tap changers -- Scott connection.
Text Books:
1. Electrical Machines – P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers, 7th edition, 2011.
2. Electric Machinery by A.E.Fitzgerald, Charleskingsley, Stephen D.Umans, TMH,
6th edition, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 4th
edition, 2004.
2. Electrical Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi publications, 4th edition, 2006.
3. Electrical Machinery by AbijithChakrabarthi and SudhiptaDebnath,McGraw Hill
education, 1st edition,2015.
4. Electrical Machinery Fundamentals by Stephen J Chapman McGraw Hill
education, 5th edition, 2017.
5. Electric Machines by Mulukutla S.Sarma & Mukeshk. Pathak, CENGAGE
Learning.2nd edition, 2017.
6. Theory & Performance of Electrical Machines by J.B.Guptha. S.K.Kataria & Sons,
1st edition.2013.

Web Links:
2. http://www.ncert.nic.in/html/learning_basket/electricity/electricity/machine/machin
e_content.htm
3. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/41/electrical-machine-1

BASIC ELECTRONICS DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To educate the students to understand the physical construction, working and
operational characteristics of Semiconductor devices.
COB 2 : To impart the concepts of p-n junction diode and special diodes.
COB 3 : To make the students to study the working principle and characteristics of
Bipolar Junction Transistor and Field Effect Transistor
COB 4 : To make the students to study the working principle and characteristics of
Bipolar Junction Transistor and Field Effect Transistor
COB 5 : To familiarize the students with the analysis and design of basic transistor
amplifier circuits, feedback amplifiers and oscillators
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Apply the fundamental principle of quantum mechanics and Solid State Physics
to understand the parameters of semiconductor materials
CO 2: Classify the operation and principle characteristics of different types of diodes
CO 3: Analyze rectifiers, filters and regulators using p-n junction diode
CO 4: Identify various transistor configurations, different biasing, and stabilization
techniques in transistor circuits
CO 5: Explain the concept and operation of Feedback Amplifiers, Power Amplifier
Circuits
CO 6: Determine the frequency of oscillations of different types of oscillators
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K4) 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6(K5) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K3) 1 - -
CO 2(K2) - - -
CO 3(K4) 2 - -
CO 4(K3) 1 - -
CO 5(K4) 2 - -
CO 6(K5) 3 - -

UNIT-I
Review of Semi-Conductor Physics: Insulators, Semiconductors, and Metals
classification using Energy Band Diagrams, Mobility and Conductivity, Electrons and
holes in Intrinsic Semiconductors, Extrinsic Semi-Conductor, (P and N Type
semiconductor) Hall effect, Generation and Recombination of Charges, Diffusion,
Continuity Equation, Injected Minority Carriers, Law of Junction, Introduction to fermi
level in Intrinsic, Extrinsic semi conductors with necessary mathematics
UNIT-II
Junction Diode Characteristics: Operation and characteristics of p-n junction diode.
Current components in p-n diode, diode equation. Temperature dependence on V–I
characteristic, diffusion capacitance and diode resistance (static and dynamic), energy
band diagram of p-n diode.
Special Diodes: Avalanche and Zener break down, Zener characteristics, tunnel diode,
characteristics with the help of energy band diagrams, Varactor diode, LED, PIN diode,
Photo diode
UNIT-III
Rectifiers and Regulators: Half wave rectifier, ripple factor, full wave rectifier (with and
without transformer), harmonic components in a rectifier circuit, inductor filter, capacitor
filter, and comparison of various filter circuits in terms of ripple factors. Simple circuit of a
regulator using Zener diode. Types of regulators-series and shunt voltage regulators,
overload voltage protection
UNIT-IV
Transistors: Junction transistor, transistor current components, transistor as an amplifier
and switch. Characteristics of transistor (CE, CB and CC configurations). Transistor
biasing and thermal stabilization (to fixed bias, collector to base bias, self bias).
Compensation against variation in base emitter voltage and collector current, Thermal
runaway. Hybrid model of transistor. Analysis of transistor amplifier using h-parameters.
Basics of FET-Enhancement and depletion mode transfer and drain characteristics.
UNIT-V
Amplifiers and oscillators: Feedback Amplifiers -classification, feedback concept,
transfer gain and general characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, effect of feedback
on input and output resistances. Methods of analysis of feedback amplifiers.
Power Amplifiers – Classification, push-pull amplifiers, Introduction to harmonics
(distortion factor).
Oscillators – Condition for oscillation, RC-phase shift oscillator. Wein bridge oscillator,
Crystal oscillator. Frequency and amplitude stability of oscillator.
Text Books:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
2. Electronic Principles, Albert Paul Malvino, Tata Mcgraw Hill,2002
3. Jacob Millman and Arvind Grabel, “Microelectronics,” Mc Graw hill, New York,
2008.
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R.L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky,
Pearson/Prentice Hall, 9thEdition, 2006

Reference Books:
1. Microelectronic circuits:analysis and design ,3rd edition,Muhammad H.Rashid,
cengage publications.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits by David A. Bell, Oxford University Press
3. Electronic Devices, Thomas Floyd, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2003
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits – Salivahanan, Kumar, Vallavaraj, TATA
McGraw Hill, Second Edition
Web links:
1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/
2. http://www.deas.harvard.edu/courses/es154/
***

ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To assist the students to study the production of electric fields and
potentials due to different charge configurations.
COB 2 : To enable the students to learn the properties of conductors and dielectrics,
calculate the capacitance of various configurations.
COB 3 : To illustrate the production of the magnetic fields by currents in different
configurations.
COB 4 : To help the students to acquire knowledge over the magnetic force, torque
through Lorentz force equation and concept of self and mutual inductance.
COB 5 : To facilitate the students to learn time varying fields, Maxwell’s equations
in different forms.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Apply the laws of Electrostatics to calculate force, electric field intensity.

CO 2 : Analyze the behavior of materials in electric field , calculation and design
of capacitance and energy stored in the dielectrics.
CO 3 : Apply the laws of Magneto-statics to calculate field intensity.
CO 4 : Determine the magnetic forces, Self and Mutual inductances and energy
stored in the magnetic field.
CO 5 : Analyze the concepts of Faraday’s laws, displacement current and poynting
vector.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K4) 3 - 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K5) 2 - 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K4) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K3) 1 - -
CO 2(K4) - 2 3
CO 3(K3) 1 - -
CO 4(K5) - 3 2
CO 5(K4) - 2 -
UNIT I
Electrostatics: A review of Co-Ordinate Systems-Electrostatic Fields – Coulomb‘s Law –
Electric Field Intensity (EFI) – EFI due to a line and a surface charge – Work done in
moving a point charge in an electrostatic field – Electric Potential – Properties of potential
function – Potential gradient – Guass‘s law – Maxwell‘s first law, div( D )=𝜌v, Laplace‘s
and Poison‘s equations – Solution of Laplace‘s equation in one variable.

UNIT-II
Conductors - Dielectric & Capacitance: Electric dipole – Dipole moment – potential
and EFI due to an electric dipole – Torque on an Electric dipole in an electric field –
Behavior of conductors in an electric field – Conductors and Insulators. Polarization -
Boundary conditions between conduction to dielectric and dielectric to dielectrics.
Capacitance – Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial cables with
composite dielectrics – Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field – Current
density – conduction and Convection current densities – Ohm‘s law in point form –
Equation of continuity.
UNIT-III
Magneto Statics & Ampere’s law: Static magnetic fields – Biot-Savart‘s law – Oesterd‘s
experiment - Magnetic field intensity (MFI) – MFI due to a straight current carrying
filament – MFI due to circular, square and solenoid current Carrying wire – Relation
between magnetic flux, magnetic flux density and MFI – Maxwell‘s second Equation,
div(B)=0. Ampere‘s circuital law and its applications viz. MFI due to an infinite sheet of
current and a long filament current carrying conductor - Point form of Ampere‘s circuital
law – Maxwell‘s third equation, Curl (H)=J,
UNIT-IV
Force in Magnetic fields: Moving charges in a Magnetic field – Lorentz force equation –
force on a current element in a magnetic field – Force on a straight and a long current
carrying conductor in a magnetic field – Force between two straight long and parallel
current carrying conductors – Magnetic dipole and dipole moment – a differential current
loop as a magnetic dipole – Torque on a current loop placed in a magnetic field.
Self and Mutual inductance: Self and Mutual inductance – determination of self-
inductance of a solenoid and toroid and mutual inductance between a straight long wire
and a square loop wire in the same plane – energy stored and density in a magnetic field.
UNIT-V
Time Varying Fields:
Time varying fields – Faraday‘s laws of electromagnetic induction – Maxwell’s equitions
in integral and point form – Maxwell‘s fourth equation, Curl (E)=-∂B/∂t – Statically and
Dynamically induced EMFs – Simple problems -Modification of Maxwell‘s equations for
time varying fields – Displacement current – Poynting Theorem and Poynting vector.
Text Books:
1. “Engineering Electromagnetics”, William H. Hayt & John. A. Buck, 8th Edition,
Mc. Graw – Hill Companies.
2. “Electro Magnetic Fields”, Sadiku, 6th Edition, Oxford Publications.
3. “Introduction to Electro Dynamics”‖ by D J Griffiths, Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt.Ltd, 4th edition.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Electromagnetic by Nathan Ida, springer, 3nd edition.
2. “Electromagnetic Fields”, K.B.Madhu Sahu, Scitech, 2nd edition.
3. ”Electromagnetic Field Theory” by Yaduvir Singh, Pearson.
4. “Fundamentals of Engineering Electromagnetics by Sunil Bhooshan, Oxford higher
Education.

Web Links:
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117103065/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/115101005/
***

THERMAL AND HYDRO PRIME MOVERS

Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the students to understand the basics concept of thermodynamics

and I.C. engines
COB 2: To get an overview of steam power plant.
COB 3: To impart the knowledge of the gas turbines
COB 4: To perceive the basic principles of impact jets and on various pumps
COB 5: To make the students know the importance of hydraulic power plant.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the working principles and basic functioning of I.C. engines and
their performances.
CO 2: Evaluate the functioning and performance of thermal power plant.
CO 3: Distinguish the advantage of Gas turbines over various other prime movers.
CO 4: Discuss the working principles of different types of hydraulic turbines.
CO 5: Illustrate the working principle of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2 ) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 (K5) 3 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 - - - - -

PSO PSO 1(K5) PSO 2(K5) PSO 3(K3)
CO1 (K2) - - -
CO2 (K5) - 3 -
CO3 (K4) - 2 -
CO4 (K2) - - -
CO5 (K3) - 1 -
UNIT-I
Basics of Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic Systems and State, Process, and Cycle.
Laws of Thermodynamics (statements only) - First Law of Thermodynamics and analysis
of various thermodynamic processes.
Internal Combustion Engines: Classification, working principles – Valve and Port
timing diagrams – Air standard cycles – Engine systems line fuel injection, Carburetion,
Ignition, Cooling and Lubrication– Engine performance evaluation.

UNIT-II
Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot cycle, Rankine cycle, Thermodynamic variables effecting
efficiency and output of Rankine cycle, Analysis of simple Rankine cycle and Re-heat
cycle.
Steam Turbines: Schematic layout of steam power plant, Classification of Steam
Turbines-Impulse Turbine and Reaction Turbine- Compounding in Turbines- Velocity
Diagrams for simple Impulse and Reaction Turbines- Work done and efficiency.
UNIT –III
Gas Turbines: Simple gas turbine plant-Ideal cycle, closed cycle -open cycle-. Efficiency,
Work ratio and optimum pressure ratio for simple gas turbine cycle. Actual cycle, Analysis
of simple cycles with inter Cooling, Reheating and Regeneration.
UNIT-IV
Impact of Jets And Pumps: Impulse momentum equation, Impact of Jet on stationary and
moving vanes (flat and curved).
Pumps: Types of pumps, Centrifugal pump and Reciprocating Pump: Main components,
working principle, Multi stage pumps, Performance and characteristic curves.
UNIT-V
Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines; Working principle, Efficiency calculation
and Design principles for Pelton Wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbines, Governing of
turbines, Performance and characteristic curves. Site selection and layout of Hydro-
electric power plant; Components of Hydro- electric power plant.
Text Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery, Sukumar Pati, Tata Mc-Graw hill, New
Delhi, 2nd editon.
2. Thermal Engineering, Rajput, Lakshmi publications, New Delhi, 8th edition.
3. Thermal engineering, M.M Rathore, Tata Mc-Graw hill, New Delhi, 1st edition.
Reference Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics, Victor.L.Streeter, Tata McGraw-Hill publication, New Delhi, 2nd
edtion,
2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Edward .J. Shaughnessy Jr., Oxford university
press, UK, 3rd edition.
3. Fluid Mechanics & Its Applications, Vijay Gupta, Santhosh.k.Gupta, New
Academic Science, UK, 3rd edition.
4. Fluid Mechanics & Fluid power Engineering, Dr D.S.Kumar, Kataria, New Delhi,
8th edition.

Web Links:

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

(Common to EEE, ME, ECE, CSE & IT)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with the basic inputs of managerial economics and
demand concepts.
COB 2 : To understand the nature of markets, Methods of Pricing in the different market
structures and to know the different forms of Business organization and the
concept of Business Cycles.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge on production theories, its factors and cost analysis.
COB 4 : To make the students take optimal decisions and acquiring the knowledge on
financial accounting and its analysis.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain the Managerial Economic concepts for decision making and forward
planning.
CO 2 : Illustrate the law of demand and its exceptions, to use different forecasting
methods for predicting demand for various products and services.
CO 3 : Identify the cost behavior, costs useful for managerial decision making and Break Even
Point (BEP) of an enterprise.
CO 4 : Outline the different types of business organizations along with basic knowledge on
business cycle.
CO 5 : Make use of the process & principles of accounting and prepare Journal, Ledger, Trial
Balance, Trading A/c., Profit & Loss A/c. and Balance Sheet of an enterprise.
CO 6 : Utilize various techniques on investment project proposals with the help of
capital budgeting techniques for decision making.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - - - -
CO 2(K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K3) - - - - - - - - - - 3 -
CO 4(K2) - - - - - - - - - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 6(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
OC/PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K4)

CO 1(K2) - - -
CO 2(K2) - - 1
CO 3(K3) - - 2
CO 4(K2) - - 1
CO 5(K3) - - 2
CO 6(K3) 3 - -

UNIT-I
Introduction to Managerial Economics and demand Analysis: Definition of
Managerial Economics –Scope of Managerial Economics and its relationship with other
subjects –Concept of Demand, Types of Demand, Determinants of Demand- Demand
schedule, Demand curve, Law of Demand and its limitations- Elasticity of Demand, Types
of Elasticity of Demand and Measurement- Demand forecasting and Methods of
forecasting
UNIT – II
Production and Cost Analyses: Concept of Production function- Cobb-Douglas
Production function – Law of Variable proportions-Isoquants and Isocosts and choice of
least cost factor combination-Concepts of Returns to scale and Economies of scale-
Different cost concepts: opportunity costs, explicit and implicit costs- Fixed costs,
Variable Costs and Total costs – Cost –Volume-Profit analysis-Determination of
Breakeven point(simple problems)- Managerial significance and limitations of Breakeven
point.
UNIT – III
Introduction to Markets, Pricing Policies & Types of Business Organization and
Business Cycles: Market Structures: Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic
competition and Oligopoly – Features – Price and Output Determination – Methods of
Pricing: Average cost pricing, Limit Pricing, Market Skimming Pricing, and Internet
Pricing: Flat Rate Pricing, Usage sensitive pricing and Priority Pricing. Features and
Evaluation of Sole Trader, Partnership, Joint Stock Company – State/Public Enterprises
and their forms – Business Cycles : Meaning and Features – Phases of Business Cycle.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to Accounting & Financing Analysis: Introduction to Double Entry
Systems – Preparation of Financial Statements-Analysis and Interpretation of Financial
Statements-Ratio Analysis
UNIT – V
Capital and Capital Budgeting: Capital Budgeting: Meaning of Capital-Capitalization-
Meaning of Capital Budgeting-Time value of money- Methods of appraising Project
profitability: Traditional Methods (payback period, accounting rate of return) and modern
methods(Discounted cash flow method, Net Present Value method, Internal Rate of Return
Method and Profitability Index)
Text Books:
1. A R Aryasri, “Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis”, 4th Edition, TMH
Publication, 2012.
2. S A Siddiqui & A. S. Siddiqui “Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis”,
1st Edition, New Age Publishers, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. Dominick Salvatore, “Managerial Economics: Principles and Worldwide
Applications”, 7th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.
2. Ramachandran N, Ram Kumar Kakani, “Financial Accounting for Management”,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
3. D N Dwivedi, “Managerial Economics”, 8th Edition, PHI Publication, 2010.
4. S P Jain & KL Narang, “Cost and Management Accounting”, 3rd Edition, Kalyani
Publishers, 2004.
Web links:
1. www.managementstudyguide.com
2. www.tutorialspoint.com
3. http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7277/9/08_chapter%202
***

THERMAL AND HYDRO PRIME MOVERS LAB
Course Code:171ES3L04 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the student learn about the constructional features and operational
details of various types of internal combustion engines.
COB 2: To make the student learn about the constructional features, operational
details of various types of hydraulic turbines
COB 3: To practice the student about the fundamental of fluid dynamic equations
and its applications fluid jets.
COB 4: To train the student in the areas of types of hydro electric power plants,
estimation and calculation of different loads by considering various factors.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Calculate constant speed and variable speed on IC engines and interpret
their performance.
CO 2: Estimate energy distribution by conducting heat balance test on IC engines
CO 3: Explain procedure for standardization of experiments.
CO 4: Determine flow discharge measuring device used in pipes channels and
tanks.
CO 5: Determine fluid and flow properties.
CO 6: Compute drag coefficients.
CO 7: Test the performance of pumps and turbines
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO/PO
(K3) (K4 ) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K3)
CO1(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - 3 3 -
CO2(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - 3 2 -
CO3(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - 3 2 -
CO4(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 -
CO5(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 -
CO6(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - 3 3 -
CO7(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - 3 3 -

CO1(K3) - - -
CO2(K2) - - -
CO3(K2) - - -
CO4(K5) - - -
CO5(K5) - - -
CO6(K3) - - -
CO7(K3) - 2 -

Section A:
Thermal Engineering Lab
Week 1. 1.To draw valve / port timing diagrams of I.C. Engines.
Week 2. 2.To conduct performance test on 4 -stroke Diesel engine.
Week 3. 3.To conduct performance test on 2-stroke petrol engine.
Week 4. 4.To evaluate engine friction by conducting Morse test on 4-stroke multi
cylinder petrol engine.
Week 5. 5.To determine the FHP by retardation and motoring test on IC engine.
Week 6. 6.To conduct heat balance test on petrol / Diesel engines.
List of Argument Experiments (Week 13 – Week 14)

(Any one of the following experiments can be performed)
13. To conduct Economical speed test of an IC engine.
14. To study the performance of types of boilers.
Section B:
Hydraulic Machines Lab
Week 7. 7.To study Impact of jets on Vanes.
Week 8. 8.To conduct Performance Test on Pelton Wheel.
Week 9. 9.To conduct Performance Test on Francis Turbine.
Week 10. 10.To conduct Performance Test on Kaplan Turbine.
Week 11. 11.To conduct Performance Test on Single Stage Centrifugal Pump.
Week 12. 12.To conduct Performance Test on Reciprocating Pump.
List of Argument Experiments (Week 15 – Week 16)

(Any one of the following experiments can be performed)
15. To determine coefficient of discharge of a given Venturimeter.
16. To determine coefficient of discharge of a given Orifice meter.
17. To determine loss of head due to sudden contraction in a pipeline.
Reference Books:
1. Thermal Engineering by Rajput, Lakshmi publications,8th Edition.
2. Thermal Engineering, R.S.Khurmi & J.S.Gupta, S.Chand Publication, 15th Edition.
3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics machines, Dr R.K.Bansal,laxmi publications, 9th
Edition
4. Thermal Engineering, PL Ballaney, Khanna Publishers, 25th Edition.
Web Links
****

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS LAB

Course Code: 171EE3L01 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To design electrical systems

COB 2 : To analyze a given network by applying various Network Theorems
COB 3 : To measure three phase Active and Reactive power
COB 4 : To understand the locus diagrams
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Analyze complex DC and AC linear circuits

CO 2: Apply concepts of electrical circuits across engineering
CO 3: Evaluate response in a given network by using theorems
CO 4: Determine self and mutual inductance of a magnetic circuit
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K5) 3 - - 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K5) - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K4) 1 1 3
CO2 (K3) 1 1 3
CO3 (K5) 3 3 3
CO4 (K5) 3 3 3
List of experiments
Week 1. 1.To verify the Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorems for a given circuit.
Week 2. 2.To verify the Superposition and Maximum Power Transfer theorems for
the given circuit
Week 3. 3.To determine locus diagrams for RL and RC Series Circuits.
Week 4. 4.To find the Resonance frequency, bandwidth, Quality factor in R-L-C
series and parallel circuits.
Week 5. 5.To find Z and Y parameters of a given two port network.
Week 6. 6.To find ABCD and H parameters of a given two port network.
Week 7. 7.To separate the Self and mutual inductances of a coupled circuit and there
by determination of Co efficient of Coupling.
Week 8. 8.To verify the Reciprocity and Milliman’s theorems for the given circuit.
Week 9. 9.To verify the compensation theorem for the given circuit.
Week 10. 10.Measurement of Active Power for Star and Delta connected balanced
loads.

Week 11. 11.To obtain the B-H curve for a magnetic material.
Week 12. 12.Simulation of customized circuit and validate all the above network
theorems.
List of Augmented experiments (Week 13 – Week16)

(Any two of the following experiments can be performed)
13. To determine Reactive Power using one wattmeter method.
14. Simulation of 3 Phase balanced and unbalanced system.
15. Simulation of 3 Phase power measurement.
16. Transient of series RLC circuit using step input using MATLAB.
Reference Books:
1. Electric Circuits - Schaum's Outline Series, Joseph. A. Edminister, McGraw-Hill
Publications, 6th Edition.
2. Network Analysis and Synthesis, Ravish R Singh, McGraw-Hill publications.
3. Network Theory: Analysis and Synthesis, Smarajit Ghosh, PHI publications.
4. Circuit Theory: Analysis and Synthesis, Abhijit Chakrabarti, Dhanpat rai & co.
Web links:
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/three-phase-circuit-star-and-delta-system.
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/relationship-of-line-and-phase-voltages-and-
currents-in-a-star.
3. https://www.electrical4u.com/advantages-of-three-phase-system-over-single-
phase-system.
4. https://www.electrical4u.com/electric-power-single-and-three-phase.
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/measurement-of-three-phase-power.
***

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES

(Common to All Branches)
Semester III L T P C
Course Code: 171HS3A09 2 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To demonstrate ethical Theories to students.

COB 2: To paraphrase human rights and quote examples on values and morals.
COB 3: To infer ethical thinking abilities through experimental learning.
To help an engineer to identify what is wrong and right in engineering
COB 4:
profession.
COB 5: To prepare an engineer personally and professionally with ethics.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Make use of values, morals and ethics in their day to day life.
CO 2: Identify what is right and wrong through moral ethics.
CO 3: Analyze experimental learning while developing the society with ethos.
CO 4: Apply ethical principles to resolve the problems that arise in work place.
CO 5: Apply adequate knowledge on global code of conduct.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K3) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K3) (K3) (K3) (K3) (K3)
CO1 (K1) 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 (K1) 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 (K2) 2 1 2 - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 (K3) 3 2 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 (K3) 3 2 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO 1(K1) - - 1
CO 2(K1) - - 1
CO 3(K3) 1 1 3
CO 4(K3) 1 1 3
CO 5(K3) 1 1 3
UNIT-I
Human Values: Morals, Values and Ethics – Integrity –Trustworthiness - Work Ethics –
Service Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for others – Living Peacefully – Caring –
Sharing – Honesty –Courage – Value Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy –
Self-confidence – Spirituality- Character.
UNIT-II
Principles for Harmony: Truthfulness – Customs and Traditions -Value Education –
Human Dignity – Human Rights – Fundamental Duties - Aspirations and Harmony (I, We
& Nature) – Gender Bias - Emotional Intelligence – Salovey – Mayer Model – Emotional
Competencies – Conscientiousness.

UNIT-III:
Engineering Ethics and Social Experimentation: History of Ethics - Need of
Engineering Ethics - Senses of Engineering Ethics- Profession and Professionalism ––Self
Interest - Moral Autonomy – Utilitarianism – Virtue Theory - Uses of Ethical Theories -
Deontology- Types of Inquiry –Kohlberg’s Theory - Gilligan’s Argument –Heinz’s
Dilemma - Comparison with Standard Experiments –– Learning from the Past –Engineers
as Managers – Consultants and Leaders – Balanced Outlook on Law - Role of Codes –
Codes and Experimental Nature of Engineering.
UNIT-IV:
Engineers’ Responsibilities towards Safety and Risk: Concept of Safety - Safety and
Risk – Types of Risks – Voluntary v/sInvoluntary Risk – Consequences - Risk Assessment
– Accountability – Liability - Reversible Effects - Threshold Levels of Risk - Delayed
v/sImmediate Risk - Safety and the Engineer – Designing for Safety – Risk-Benefit
Analysis-Accidents.
UNIT-V:
Engineers’ Duties and Rights: Concept of Duty - Professional Duties – Collegiality -
Techniques for Achieving Collegiality – Senses of Loyalty - Consensus and Controversy -
Professional and Individual Rights –Confidential and Proprietary Information - Conflict of
Interest-Ethical egoism - Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality - Gifts and Bribes -
Problem solving-Occupational Crimes- Industrial Espionage- Price Fixing-Whistle
Blowing Globalization and MNCs –Cross Culture Issues.
Text Books:
1. A Text Book on professional Ethics and human – R.S.Naagarazan
2. Professional Ethics and human values by – M.P.Raghavan’s – scitech publications
(Indian Pvt., 2013)
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Ethics & Human Values by M.Govindarajan, S.Natarajan and
V.S.SenthilKumar-PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd – 2009.
2. Human Values And Professional Ethics by Jayshree Suresh and B. S. Raghavan,
S.Chand Publications.
3. Professional Ethics and Human Values by Prof.D.R.Kiran-Tata McGraw-Hill –
2013.
4. Engineering Ethics by Harris, Pritchard and Rabins, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
Web Links:
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/109104068
2. https://www.reelnreel.com/roles-and-responsibilities-of-a-typical-video-engineer/
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106031/Pdfs/2_1.pdf
****

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - I
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2 : To ensure the students secure placements.
COB 3 : To make the students feel comfortable to face several competitive
examinations with confidence and competence.
COB 4 : To make the student more likely to be employed.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Identify the number and letter series techniques in different models.
CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.
CO 3 : Compare the different types of number and letter analogy models.
CO 4 : Transfer the different models of coded elements to decoded elements
CO 5 : Ignite creative thinking abilities.
CO 6 : Identify the direction and distance of the objects.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 6(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K1) - - -
CO 2(K2) - - -
CO 3(K2) - - -
CO 4(K3) - 1 -
CO 5(K3) - 1 -
CO 6(K3) - 1 -
UNIT-I
Aptitude: Number series
Soft Skills: Importance-Changing Industry Needs English ,Functional Grammar–
Significance, Articles Usage of A, An, The Definition –rules-examples , Prepositions
Definition - Importance - types - usage - rules

UNIT-II
Aptitude: Number Analogy
Soft Skills: Tenses, Voice- Importance - Definitions - usage - rules - types - structures-
signal words - examples
UNIT-III
Aptitude: Letter series, Letter Analogy
Soft Skills: Speech Definition - importance - conversion rules - usage - structures -
examples
UNIT-IV
Aptitude: Coding & Decoding
Soft Skills: Creative product speaking, Auxiliaries A. Primary B. Secondary
UNIT-V
Aptitude: Direction Test
Soft Skills: Sentences –simple, complex, compound, Sentence Improvement,
Text Books:
1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning- Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND
2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND
Reference Books
1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning- S CHAND
2. Logical Reasoning –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications
Web Links
1. www.indiabix.com
2. https://www.indianstudyhub.com
****

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS – I
(Revised Syllabus for batches admitted from 2018 - 2019)
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2: To ensure the students secure placements.
COB 3: To make the students feel comfortable to face several competitive
COB 4: To make the student more likely to be employed.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify the number and letter series techniques in different models.

CO 2: Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.
CO 3: Compare the different types of number and letter analogy models.
CO 4: Transfer the different models of coded elements to decoded elements.
CO 5: Ignite creative thinking abilities.
CO 6: Identify the direction and distance of the objects.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 6(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO 1(K1) - - - 1
CO 2(K2) - 1 - -
CO 3(K2) - - - 2
CO 4(K3) - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - 3
CO 6(K3) - - - -
UNIT-I
Aptitude: Number series
Soft Skills: Importance-Changing Industry Needs English, Functional Grammar–
Significance, Articles Usage of A, An, The Definition –rules-examples , Prepositions
Definition - Importance - types - usage - rules

UNIT-II
Aptitude: Number Analogy
Soft Skills: Tenses, Voice- Importance - Definitions - usage - rules - types - structures-
signal words - examples
UNIT-III
Aptitude: Letter series, Letter Analogy
Soft Skills: Speech Definition - importance - conversion rules - usage - structures -
examples
UNIT-IV
Aptitude: Coding & Decoding
Soft Skills: Creative product speaking, Auxiliaries A. Primary B. Secondary
UNIT-V
Aptitude: Direction Test
Soft Skills: Sentences –simple, complex, compound, Sentence Improvement,
Text Books:
1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning- Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND
2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND
Reference Books
1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning- S CHAND
2. Logical Reasoning –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications
Web Links
1. www.indiabix.com
****

ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the student with the knowledge of different types of instruments for
measurements of power and energy.
COB 2 : To make the student understand various types of bridges for measurement of
parameters-resistance, inductance, capacitance and frequency.
COB 3 : To equip the student with the knowledge of various types of magnetic
measuring instruments.
COB 4 : To help student acquire knowledge on applications of CRO for measurement
of frequency, phase difference and hysteresis loop using Lissajous patterns.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Apply the right type of instrument for measurement of voltage and current for
ac and dc
CO 2: Develop the suitable bridge for the measurement of electrical parameters
CO 3: Illustrate the ballistic galvanometer and flux meter for magnetic measuring
instruments.
CO 4: Demonstrate the calibratation of the potentiometer
CO 5: Explain frequency and phase difference between signals using CRO.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K3) 2 2 3
CO 2(K3) 2 2 3
CO 3(K3) 2 2 3
CO 4(K3) 2 2 3
CO 5(K2) 1 1 2
UNIT –I:
Measuring Instruments: Classification- Deflecting, control and damping torques –
Ammeters and Voltmeters-PMMC, moving iron type, dynamometer and electrostatic
instruments – Expression for the deflecting torque and control torque – Errors and
compensations – Extension of range using shunts and series resistance –CT and PT: Ratio
and phase angle errors – Numerical problems.

UNIT-II
Measurement of Power and Energy: Single phase and three phase dynamometer
wattmeter – LPF and UPF – Expression for deflecting and control torques – Extension of
range of wattmeter using instrument transformers – Measurement of active and reactive
powers in balanced and unbalanced systems – Types of P.F. Meters – Single phase and
three phase dynamometer and moving iron type Single phase induction type energy meter
– Driving and braking torques –errors and compensations – Testing by phantom loading
using R.S.S. meter – Three phase energy meter – Maximum demand meters –Electrical
resonance type frequency meter and Weston type synchro-scope
UNIT-III
Measurements of Parameters: Method of measuring low , medium and high resistance –
Sensitivity of Wheat stone’s bridge – Carey Foster’s bridge – Kelvin’s double bridge for
measuring low resistance- Loss of charge method for measurement of inductance –Quality
Factor –Maxwell’s bridge-Hay’s bridge- Anderson’s bridge – Measurement of capacitance
and loss angle – Desauty Bridge – Schering Bridge – Wagner’s earthing device – Wien’s
bridge
UNIT-IV
Magnetic Measurements: Ballistic galvanometer –Equation of motion – Flux meter –
Constructional details – Determination of B-H Loop methods of reversals six point method
– AC testing – Iron loss of bar samples – Core loss measurements by bridges and
potentiometers.
Potentiometers: Principle and operation of D.C Crompton’s potentiometer-
Standardization – Measurements of unknown resistance – Current – Voltage.AC
potentiometers: polar and coordinate types – Standardization –Applications.
UNIT-V
Digital Meters: Digital voltmeter – Successive approximation – measurements of phase
difference – Frequency – Hysteresis loop using lissajious patterns in CRO – Ramp and
integrating type – Digital Frequency meter- Digital multimeter –Digital Tachometer
Text Books:
1. A course in Electrical Measurements Electronic Measurements Instrumentation A.
K. Sawhney:, Edition 11, Dhanpat Rai and Sons.
2. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation. J .B.
Gupta:, 13/E, Kataria and Sons.
Reference Books:
1. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall Electrical
Measurements by Forest K. Harris. John Wiley and Sons.
2. Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications – by Reissland,
M.U, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.
3. Electrical and Electronic Measurements –by G.K.Banerjee, PHI Learning Private
Ltd, New Delhi.
4. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall.
Web links:
2. http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/108106070/
***

ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the student to acquire knowledge on principle of operation and performance
of 3-phase induction motor
COB 2 : To help the students to learn the performance of induction motor and induction
generator in terms of torque and slip.
COB 3 : To train the students on torque producing mechanism of a single phase induction
motor.
COB 4 : To make the students understand the principle of emf generation, the effect of armature
reaction.
COB 5 : To facilitate the student determine the voltage regulation of synchronous generators
with different methods.
COB 6 : To equip the students with the knowledge of parallel operation and control of real and
reactive powers for synchronous generators
COB 7 : To enable the students to study performance and starting methods of synchronous
motors
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the operation and performance of three phase induction motor

CO 2: Analyze the torque-speed relation, performance of induction motor and induction
generator
CO 3: Analyze the performance of three phase induction motors at different operating
conditions
CO 4: Explain the operation of single phase induction motors
CO 5: Explain armature reaction effect in synchronous generators.
CO 6: Explain parallel operation of synchronous generators.
CO 7: Determine the regulation of synchronous generators with different methods
CO 8: Apply methods of staring and correction of power factor with synchronous motor
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO 2(K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K4) . 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 6(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 7(K5) 2 - 3 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO 8(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -


CO 1(K3) 1 1 3
CO 2(K4) 2 2 3
CO 3(K4) 2 2 3
CO 4(K2) . - 2
CO 5(K2) . - 2
CO 6(K2) . - 2
CO 7(K5) 3 3 3
CO 8(K3) 1 1 3
UNIT-I
3-phase Induction Motors: Construction details of cage and wound rotor machines -
production of rotating magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor emf and rotor
frequency - rotor current and pf at standstill and during running conditions - rotor power
input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power developed and their interrelationship –
equivalent circuit – phasor diagram. Torque equation - expressions for maximum torque
and starting torque - torque slip characteristic - double cage and deep bar rotors - crawling
and cogging.
UNIT-II
Starting and testing methods of Induction Motors: Speed control of induction motor
with V/f method – no load and blocked rotor tests - circle diagram for predetermination of
performance– methods of starting – starting current and torque calculations – induction
generator operation (Qualitative treatment only). Single phase induction motors –
Constructional features and equivalent circuit - Problem of starting–Double revolving field
theory–Starting methods. Shaded pole motors, AC Series motor.
UNIT-III
Construction, Operation and Voltage Regulation of Synchronous generator:
Constructional features of non–salient and salient pole type – Armature windings –
Distributed and concentrated windings – Distribution– Pitch and winding factors –E.M.F
equation–Improvements of waveform and armature reaction–Voltage regulation by
synchronous impedance method– MMF method and Potier triangle method–Phasor
diagrams– Two reaction analysis of salient pole machines and phasor diagram.
UNIT-IV
Parallel operation of synchronous generators: Parallel operation with infinite bus and
other alternators – Synchronizing power – Load sharing– Control of real and reactive
power– Numerical problems.
UNIT-V
Synchronous motor – operation, starting and performance: Principle and theory of
operation– Phasor diagram – Starting torque– Variation of current and power factor with
excitation –Synchronous condenser – Mathematical analysis for power developed–
Hunting and its suppression – Methods of starting – Applications.
Text Books:
1. Electrical Machines – P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers. ….
2. Electric Machinery by A.E.Fitzgerald, Charleskingsley, StephenD. Umans, TMH

Reference Books:
1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 4th
edition
2. Electrical Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi publications,5th edition
3. Electrical Machinery by Abijith Chakrabarthi and Sudhipta Debnath, McGraw Hill
education.
education.
Web Links:
2. http://www.electricalengineeringinfo.com/2014/11/voltage-regulation-of-
synchronous-generator-alternator-using-synchronous-impedance-method.html.
3. https://www.electrical4u.com/parallel-operation-of-alternator/.
4. www.electricaleasy.com/.../three-phase-induction-motor.html.
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/speed-control-of-three-phase-induction-motor/
***

DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND LOGIC DESIGN

IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To make the students to know the fundamental concepts of number

representation in digital circuits.
COB 2 : To familiarize the students to know Postulates of Boolean Algebra and
implement logical expressions.
COB 3 : To enable the students to design switching functions using Minimization
techniques.
COB 4 : To equip the students to design combinational logic circuits
COB 5 : To impart the concepts of sequential circuits & to design sequential systems
COB 6 : To make the students to design finite state machines using flip flops.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Interpret numeric information in different representations.

CO 2 : Illustrate Logic expressions using Boolean algebra.
CO 3 : Minimize the given Switching functions using K-Map & Tabular minimization
methods.
CO 4 : Develop combinational logic circuits as per the given specifications.
CO 5 : Build Programmable Logic Devices & Basic Flip flops.
CO 6 : Classify Counters and Finite State Machines using Flip Flops.
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -
CO2(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -
CO3(K6) 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - -
CO4(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO5(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO6(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -

CO1(K2) 1 1 2
CO2(K2) 1 1 2
CO3(K6) - - -
CO4(K3) 2 2 3
CO5(K3) 2 2 3
CO6(K2) 1 1 2

UNIT-I
Number Systems: Representation of numbers of different radix, conversation from one
radix to another radix, r-1’scompliments and r’s compliments of signed numbers, problem
solving.
Binary Codes: 4 bit codes, BCD, Excess-3, 2421, 84-2-1 9’s compliment code etc. error
detection & correction codes, Gray code, error detection, error correction codes (parity
checking, even parity, odd parity, Hamming code)
Logic Gates: Basic logic operations: NOT,OR, AND, Universal building blocks, EX-OR,
EX-NOR Gates, NAND-NAND and NOR-NOR realizations.
UNIT-II
Boolean Algebra & Minimization Techniques: Boolean theorems, principle of
complementation & duality, De-Morgan theorems, minimization of logic functions using
Boolean theorems, minimization of switching functions using K-Map up to 6 variables,
tabular minimization, problem solving (code- converters using K-Map etc..).
UNIT-III
Combinational Logic Circuits: Design of Half adder, full adder, half subtractor, full
subtractor, applications of full adders, 4-bit binary subtractor, adder-subtractor circuit,
BCD adder circuit, Excess 3 adder circuit, look-a-head adder circuit, Design of decoder,
demultiplexer, 7 segment decoder, higher order demultiplexing, encoder, multiplexer,
higher order multiplexing, realization of Boolean functions using decoders &
multiplexers, priority encoder, 4-bit digital comparator.
UNIT-IV
Programmable Logic Devices & Sequential Circuits-I: Introduction to PLD’s:
PROM, PAL, PLA-Basics structures, realization of Boolean function with PLDs,
programming tables of PLDs, merits & demerits of PROM, PAL, PLA comparison,
realization of Boolean functions using PROM, PAL, PLA, programming tables of PROM,
PAL, PLA.
Sequential Circuits-I: Classification of sequential circuits (synchronous and
asynchronous) basic flip-flops, truth tables and excitation tables (NAND RS latch, NOR
RS latch, RS flip-flop, JK flip-flop, T-flip-flop, D-flip-flop with reset and clear terminals).
Conversion from one flip-flop to flip-flop.
UNIT-V
Sequential Circuits –II: Design of ripple counters, design of synchronous counters,
Johnson counter, ring counter. Design of registers - Buffer register, control buffer register,
shift register, bi-directional shift register, universal shift register.
Finite state machine; Analysis of clocked sequential circuits, state diagrams, state tables,
reduction of state tables and state assignment, design procedures. Realization of circuits
using various flip-flops. Mealy to Moore conversion and vice-versa.
Text Books:
1. Switching Theory and Logic Design, A. Anand Kumar, PHI, 3rdEdition.
2. Digital Design, Morris Mano Pearson, 3rd Edition.
3. Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Zvi Kohavi & Niraj K.Jha, 3rd Edition,
Cambridge.

Reference Books:
1. Modern Digital Electronics , RP Jain, TMH

2. Introduction to Switching Theory and Logic Design, Fredriac J. Hill, Gerald R.
Peterson, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 3rd Edition.
3. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H. Roth Jr., Jaico Publishers.
Web Links:
1. https://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/117106086/1
2. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/digital-circuits-and-systems.html
3. https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/switching-theory-and-logic-design-stld/
4. ebooks.bharathuniv.ac.in/.../Switching%20Theory%20and%20Logic%20 Design/
****

CONTROL SYSTEMS
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To help the students acquire knowledge on mathematical modeling of physical

systems, block diagram algebra and signal flow graph to determine overall
transfer function.
COB 2 : To make the student illustrate and analyze the time response of first and second
order systems and improvement of performance by proportional plus derivative
and proportional plus integral controllers
COB 3 : To train students to investigate the stability of closed loop systems using Routh’s
stability criterion and the analysis by root locus method.
COB 4 : To facilitate the student learn the usage of Frequency Response approaches for the
analysis of linear time invariant (LTI) systems using Bode plots, polar plots and
Nyquist stability criterion.
COB 5 : To make the students formulate state models and present the concepts of
Controllability and observability
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Derive the transfer function of physical systems and determination of overall

transfer function using block diagram algebra and signal flow graphs
CO 2: Determine time response specifications of second order systems and to determine
error constants
CO 3: Analyze absolute and relative stability of LTI systems using Routh’s stability
criterion and the root locus method
CO 4: Analyze the stability of LTI systems using frequency response methods
CO 5: Develop state models for physical systems and determine the response.
Understanding the concepts of controllability and observability.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K6) 1 2 3 3 - 1 - - - - - -
CO 2(K5) - 3 - - 2 - - - - 1 - -
CO 3(K4) - 3 - - 3 - 2 - - 2 - -
CO 4(K4) - 3 - 2 - - 2 - - - - 1
CO 5(K3) 3 - 1 1 - - - 3 - - 3 -

CO 1(K6) 3 3 -
CO 2(K5) 3 3 -
CO 3(K4) 2 2 3
CO 4(K4) 2 2 3
CO 5(K3) 1 1 3

UNIT-I
Mathematical Modeling of Control Systems: Classification of control systems, Open
Loop and closed loop control systems and their differences, Feed-Back Characteristics,
transfer function of linear system, Differential equations of electrical networks,
Translational and Rotational mechanical systems, Transfer Function of DC Servo motor -
AC Servo motor- Synchro, transmitter and receiver - Block diagram algebra –
Representation by Signal flow graph - Reduction using Mason’s gain formula.
UNIT-II
Time Response Analysis: Standard test signals - Time response of first and second order
systems - Time domain specifications - Steady state errors and error constants – Effects of
proportional derivative, proportional integral systems.
UNIT-III
Stability and Root locus Technique: The concept of stability – Routh’s stability criterion
–limitations of Routh’s stability –Root locus concept - construction of root loci (Simple
problems)
UNIT-IV
Frequency Response Analysis: Introduction to Frequency domain specifications-Bode
diagrams- transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin and Gain margin-
Stability Analysis from Bode Plots, Polar Plots, Nyquist Stability criterion, Lag, Lead,
Lag-Lead compensators.
UNIT-V
State Space Analysis of LTI systems: Concepts of state, state variables and state model,
state space representation of transfer function, Diagonalization- Solving the time invariant
state equations- State Transition Matrix and it’s Properties – Concepts of Controllability
and Observability.
Text Books:
1. Control Systems principles and design, M.Gopal, Tata McGraw Hill education Pvt
Ltd., 4 Edition.
2. Automatic control systems, Benjamin C.Kuo, Prentice Hall of India, 2 Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Modern Control Engineering, Kotsuhiko Ogata, Prentice Hall of India.
2. Control Systems, ManikDhanesh N, Cengage publications.
3. Control Systems Engineering, I.J.Nagarath and M.Gopal, Newage International
Publications, 5th Edition.
4. Control Systems Engineering, S.Palani,TataMcGraw Hill Publications.
Web links:
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/mathematical-modelling-of-various-system /
2. http://engineering.electrical-equipment.org/panel-building/time-domain-analysis-of-
control-systems.htm
3. http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki/index.php/Frequency_Domain_Analysis
4. https://www.electrical4u.com/state-space-analysis-of-control-system/

POWER SYSTEMS-I
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To help the students acquire the knowledge on operation of different

components of a thermal power stations
COB 2 : To help the students acquire the knowledge on operation of different
components of a Nuclear power stations
COB 3 : To enable the students to study the concepts of DC/AC distribution systems
and voltage drop calculations.
COB 4 : To equip the students with the knowledge on construction and operation of
different components of substations.
COB 5 : To give the students with the knowledge on different types of cables.
COB 6 : To prepare the students with the different types of load Curves and tariffs
applicable to consumers.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify the different components of thermal power plants.
CO 2: Identify the different components of nuclear Power plants.
CO 3: Distinguish between AC/DC distribution systems and also estimate voltage
drops of distribution systems.
CO 4: Classify the different components of air and gas insulated substations.
CO 5: Categorize single core and multi core cables with different insulating
materials.
CO 6: Analyze the different economic factors of power generation and tariffs.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 3 - - - - - -
CO 2(K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K2) - - - - - - 3 - 3 3 - -
CO 5(K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 6(K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K3) - 1 -
CO 2(K4) - 2 -
CO 3(K4) - 2 -
CO 4(K2) - - -
CO 5(K4) - 2 -
CO 6(K4) - 2 -

UNIT-I
Thermal & Nuclear Power Stations: Selection of site, general layout of a thermal power
plant showing paths of coal, steam, water, air, ash and flue gasses, ash handling system,
Brief description of components: Boilers, Super heaters, Economizers, electrostatic
precipitators steam Turbines : Impulse and reaction turbines, Condensers, feed water
circuit, Cooling towers and Chimney.
Location of nuclear power plant, Working principle, Nuclear fission, Nuclear fuels,
Nuclear chain reaction, nuclear reactor Components: Moderators, Control rods, Reflectors
and Coolants. Types of Nuclear reactors and brief description of PWR, BWR and FBR.
Radiation: Radiation hazards and Shielding, nuclear waste disposal.
UNIT-II
Distribution Systems: Classification of distribution systems, design features of
distribution systems, radial distribution, ring main distribution, voltage drop calculations:
DC distributors for following cases - radial DC distributor fed at one end and at both ends
(equal / unequal voltages), ring main distributor, stepped distributor and AC distribution,
comparison of DC and AC distribution.
UNIT-III
Substations Air Insulated Substations: Indoor & Outdoor substations, Substations
layouts of 33/11 kV showing the location of all the substation equipment. Bus bar
arrangements in the Sub-Stations: Simple arrangements like single bus bar, sectionalized
single bus bar, double bus bar with one and two circuit breakers, main and transfer bus bar
system with relevant diagrams.
Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) – Advantages of Gas insulated substations, different
types of gas insulated substations, single line diagram of gas insulated substations,
constructional aspects of GIS, Installation and maintenance of GIS, Comparison of Air
insulated substations and Gas insulated substations.
UNIT-IV
Underground Cables: Types of Cables, Construction, Types of insulating materials,
Calculation of insulation resistance, stress in insulation and power factor of cable.
Capacitance of single and 3-Core belted Cables: Grading of Cables-Capacitance grading
and Inter sheath grading.
UNIT-V
Economic Aspects of Power Generation & Tariff: Economic Aspects - Load curve,
load duration and integrated load duration curves, discussion on economic aspects:
connected load, maximum demand, demand factor, load factor, diversity factor, power
capacity factor and plant use factor, Base and peak load plants.
Tariff Methods- Costs of Generation and their division into Fixed, Semi-fixed and
Running Costs, Desirable Characteristics of a Tariff Method, Tariff Methods: Simple rate,
Flat Rate, Block-Rate, two-part, three–part, and power factor tariff methods.
Text Books:
1. A Text Book on Power System Engineering by M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta,
U.S.Bhatnagarand A. Chakrabarti, DhanpatRai& Co. Pvt. Ltd.
2. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electric Energy by C.L.Wadhawa New
age International (P) Limited, Publishers.

Reference Books:
1. Electrical Power Distribution Systems by - V. Kamaraju, TataMcGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
2. Elements of Electrical Power Station Design by – M V Deshpande, PHI, New
Delhi.
Web Links:
1. https://www.slideshare.net/.../ntpc-project-korbasuper-themal-power-plant
2. https://www.euronuclear.org/1-information/energy-uses.htm
3. https://www.slideshare.net/9anku/electrical-distribution-system

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
(Common to EEE, ECE, IT & PT)
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To make the students know the principles, functions, theories and practices
of different management areas.
COB 2 : To equip the students with a systematic and critical understanding of
organizational structures.
COB 3 : To impart knowledge on conceptual models of strategic management and to
familiarize with the tools of operations and project management.
COB 4 : To make the students know the role of human relations in the management
of operations.
COB 5 : To nurture the students with the contemporary practices of management.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Apply management and motivation theories to renovate the practice of
management.
CO 2 : Explain concepts of quality management and use process control charts,
concepts and tools of quality engineering in the design of products and
process controls.
CO 3 : Appraise the functional management challenges associated with high levels
of change in the organizations.
CO 4 : Identify activities with their interdependency and use scheduling techniques
of project management PERT/CPM.
CO 5 : Develop global vision and management skills both at strategic level and
interpersonal level.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) - - - - - - - - - - 3 -
CO 2(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) - - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO 4(K3) - - - - - - - 3 - - - -
CO 5(K3) - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO 1(K3) 1 - -
CO 2(K3) 1 - -
CO 3(K2) - - -
CO 4(K3) 1 - -
CO 5(K3) - 1 -
UNIT-1 :
Introduction to Management: Concept nature and importance of Management, Generic
Functions of Management, and Evaluation of Management thought, Theories of
Motivation, Decision making process, Designing organization structure, Principles of
organization & Organizational typology.

UNIT-2 :
Operations Management : Principles and Types of Management, Work study-,
Statistical Quality Control, Control charts (P-chart, R-chart, and C-chart) Simple
problems, Material Management: Need for Inventory control, EOQ, ABC analysis
(simple problems) and Types of ABC analysis (HML, SDE, VED, and FSN analysis),
Justin- Time(JIT) system, Total Quality, Management(TQM), Six sigma, supply chain
management
UNIT-3 :
Functional Management : Concept of HRM, HRD and PMIR,Functions of HR
Manager, Wage payment plans(Simple Problems) ,Job Evaluation and Merit Rating
,Marketing Management, Functions of Marketing, strategies based on product Life
Cycle, Channels of distributions.
UNIT-4 :
Project Management: Development of Network, Difference between PERT and CPM,
Identifying Critical Path, Probability, Project Crashing (Simple Problems).
UNIT-5 :
Strategic Management:
Vision, Mission, Goals, Strategy, Elements of Corporate Planning Process,
Environmental Scanning, SWOT analysis, Steps in Strategy Formulation and
Implementation, Generic Strategy Alternatives, Basic concepts of MIS, ERP, Capability
Maturity Model (CMM) Levels, Balanced Score Card.
Text Books:
1. Management Science by Aryasri; Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
2. Management by James Arthur, Finch Stoner, R. Edward Freeman, and Daniel R.
Gilbert 6th Ed; Publisher: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall.
Reference Books:
1. Principles of Marketing: A South Asian Perspective by Kotler Philip, Gary
Armstrong, Prafulla Y. Agnihotri, and Eshan ul Haque , 2010, 13th Edition,
Publisher: Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India.
2. A Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by Michael Armstrong,
2010; Publisher: Kogan Page Publishers.
3. 3. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N.D. Vohra, 4th edition, 2010;
Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Operations Management: Theory and Practice by B. Mahadevan, 2010; Publisher:
Pearson Education.
Web links:
1. www.managementstudyguide.com
2. www.citehr.com
3. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032
4. www.btechguru.com/courses--nptel--basic-course
****

ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB
Semester: IV L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart basic knowledge on identification of passive elements.

COB 2 : To make the students to understand the concepts of Semi conductor Devices.
COB 3: To enable the students to understand the operation of power supply circuits.
COB 4: To make the students to verify the response of amplifiers.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Demonstrate the working of semiconductor devices and measuring instruments.

CO 2: Develop the circuits with basic semiconductor devices.
CO 3: Explain the characteristics of BJT & JFET.
CO 4: Design different amplifiers and observe their frequency responses.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K5) 2 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - -
CO 4(K6) 1 2 3 3 - 1 - - - - - -

CO 1(K2) - - 2
CO 2(K3) 2 - 3
CO 3(K5) 3 - 2
CO 4(K6) 3 - 1
Electronic Workshop Practice:

1. Identification, Specifications, Testing of R, L, C Components (Colour Codes),
Potentiometers, Coils, Gang Condensers, Relays, Bread Boards.
2. Identification, Specifications and Testing of active devices, Diodes, BJTs, JFETs,
LEDs, LCDs, SCR, UJT.
3. Soldering Practice- Simple circuits using active and passive components.
4. Study and operation of Ammeters, Voltmeters, Transformers, Analog and Digital
Multimeter, Function Generator, Regulated Power Supply and CRO..
List of Experiments:
Week 1. 1.To draw the V I characteristics of a P-N Junction Diode (Ge &Si ).
Week 2. 2.To draw the V I characteristics of a Zener Diode.
Week 3. 3.To verify the operation of Zener Diode as a voltage regulator.

Week 4. 4.To calculate the Ripple factor and percentage of Regulation of Half-wave
Rectifier(without and with c-filter)
Week 5. 5.To calculate the Ripple factor and percentage of Regulation of Full-wave
Rectifier (without and with c-filter)
Week 6. 6.To determine the Input and Output Characteristics of BJT-CE Configuration.
Week 7. 7.To obtain the Drain and Transfer Characteristics of FET-CS Configuration.
Week 8. 8.To identify the negative resistance region of UJT.
Week 9. 9.To measure the voltage and frequency of given wave form using CRO.
Week 10. 10.To obtain the frequency response of BJT-CE Amplifier.
Week 11. 11.To draw the VI Characteristics of SCR.
Week 12. 12.To determine the Input and Output Characteristics of BJT-CB
Configuration.
List of Augmented experiments (Week 13 - Week16)

13. To obtain the frequency response of FET-CS Amplifier.
14. To obtain the quiescent point of given self bias transistor circuit.
15. To obtain the frequency response of Emitter Follower-CC Amplifier
Equipment required:
1. Regulated Power supplies
2. Analog/Digital Storage Oscilloscopes
3. Analog/Digital Function Generators
4. Digital Multimeters
5. Decade Résistance Boxes/Rheostats
6. Decade Capacitance Boxes
7. Ammeters (Analog or Digital)
8. Voltmeters (Analog or Digital)
9. Active & Passive Electronic Components
Reference Books:
1. Electronic Devices and circuits Lab Manual -Electronics and communication
Engineering, AEC, Surampalem.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, J. Millman, Christos C. Halkias, Tata Mc-Graw
Hill, 4thEdition, 2010.
3. Electronic Devices and Circuits, S. Salivahanan, N. Suresh Kumar, A. Vallavaraj,
Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2nd Edition,2012.
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits, David A. Bell, Oxford University Press, 5th
Edition, 2009.
Web links:
1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/
2. http://www.deas.harvard.edu/courses/es154/
***

ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I LAB

IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with knowledge of magnetizing characteristics of DC shunt

Generator and understand the mechanism of self excitation.
COB 2 : To enable the students to evaluate the performance of various dc machines
COB 3 : To equip the students to control the speed of DC motors.
COB 4 : To enable the students to determine and predetermine the performance of DC
Machines.
COB 5 : To enable the students determine the efficiency and regulation of transformers.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Interpret the constructional details of the DC machines and Transformers.
CO 2: Determine and predetermine the performance of DC machines.
CO 3: Analyze the various speed control techniques of DC motor.
CO 4: Estimate the performance of transformers.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - 2 3
CO2 (K5) 2 3 3 3 - - 1 - - - 2 -
CO3 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - 3 -
CO4 (K5) 2 3 3 3 - - 1 - - - 2 -

CO1(K2) - - -
CO2(K5) 3 - 2
CO3(K4) 2 2 3
CO4(K5) 3 3 2
List of experiments
Week 1. 1.To draw open circuit characteristic curves of a given DC shunt generator
and to find critical speed & critical field resistance.
Week 2. 2.To draw the performance curves of the D.C shunt motor by conducting
brake test.
Week 3. 3.To determine the efficiencies of two identical shunt machines by
conducting regenerative test (Hopkinson’s test).
Week 4. 4.To find the efficiency of D.C shunt machine by conducting Swinburne’s
test.
Week 5. 5.To control or change the speed of a given D.C shunt motor by field
current control method and armature resistance control method and draw
speed curve.

Week 6. 6.To draw the internal & external characteristic curves of the given D.C
Shunt generator by conducting load test.
Week 7. 7.To separate the losses in D.C shunt motor.
Week 8. 8.To perform O.C and S.C tests on a single phase transformer and to
evaluate efficiency and Regulation and determination of equivalent circuit.
Week 9. 9.To conduct sumpner’s test on a two identical single phase transformers
and obtain copper losses and core losses and evaluate the efficiency.
Week 10. 10.To make scott connection on the given two 1-∅ transformer and
verifying the voltage on the secondary side of the Scott connected
transformer.
Week 11. 11.To make parallel Operation of Two Identical 1-∅ Transformers &
Verifying the load sharing.
Week 12. 12.To separate the hysteresis losses and eddy current losses of a 1-∅
transformer.
List of Augmented experiments (Week 13 – Week 16)

13. To determine the efficiency of single phase transformer and DC machine by

using simulation.
14. To draw the internal & external characteristic curves of the given DC cumulative
compound generator by conducting load test.
15. To draw the internal & external characteristic curves of the given DC differential
compound generator by conducting load test
16. To draw the internal & external characteristic curves of the given D.C Series
Generator by conducting load test.
Reference Books:
1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth,McGrawHill Publications, 4th
edition
2. Electrical Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi publications, 5th edition.
3. Electrical Machinery by AbijithChakrabarthi and SudhiptaDebnath,McGraw Hill
education 2015
4. Electrical Machinery Fundamentals by Stephen J Chapman McGraw Hill education
2010
5. Electric Machines by MulukutlaS.Sarma&Mukeshk.Pathak, CENGAGE Learning.
6. Theory & Performance of Electrical Machines by J.B.Guptha. S.K.Kataria& Sons
Web Links:
2. http://www.ncert.nic.in/html/learning_basket/electricity/electricity/machine/machin
e_content.htm
3. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/41/electrical-machine-1
****

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - II
(Common to All Branches)
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.
COB 2 : To ensure the students to secure placements.
COB 3 : To make the students to feel comfortable to face several competitive
COB 4 : To make the student more likely to be employed.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Identify the symbols, notations and Venn -diagrams.
CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.
CO 3 : Relate different types of blood relations.
CO 4 : Apply the logics in the puzzles and arrangements.
CO 5 : Identify the logic in the cubes and dice.
CO 6 : Build the typical write-up skills.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 6(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 1(K1) - - -
CO 2(K3) - 1 -
CO 3(K2) - 1 -
CO 4(K3) - - -
CO 5(K3) - 1 -
CO 6(K3) - 1 -
UNIT-I:
Aptitude: Symbols & Notations.
Soft Skills: Subject-Verb- Agreement, Personality Development.
UNIT-II:
Aptitude: Venn Diagrams, Blood Relations.
Soft Skills: Adjectives, Degree of Comparisons

UNIT-III:
Aptitude: Puzzle test, Time and Date (Group Reasoning)
Soft Skills: Art of Communication, Words Often Confused
UNIT-IV:
Aptitude: Cubes & Dice
Soft Skills: Word Analogy, Effective Listening
UNIT-V:
Aptitude: Seating Arrangements
Soft Skills: Paragraph Writing, non-verbal communication
Text Books:
1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning, Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND
Publications.
2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND
Publications.
Reference Books:
1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning, S.CHAND Publications
2. Logical Reasoning, Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English, R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.
Web Links
1. www.indiabix.com
***

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS – II
(Revised Syllabus for batches admitted from 2018 - 2019)
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2: To ensure the students to secure placements.
COB 3: To make the students to feel comfortable to face several competitive
COB 4: To make the student more likely to be employed.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify the symbols, notations and Venn-diagrams.

CO 2: Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.
CO 3: Relate different types of blood relations.
CO 4: Apply the logics in the puzzles and arrangements.
CO 5: Identify the logic in the cubes and dice.
CO 6: Build the typical write-up skills.
CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11 PO12

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 6(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)
CO 1(K1) - - - 1
CO 2(K2) - 1 - -
CO 3(K2) - - - 2
CO 4(K3) - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - 3
CO 6(K3) - - - -
UNIT-I
Aptitude: Symbols & Notations.
Soft Skills: Subject-Verb- Agreement, Personality Development.
UNIT-II
Aptitude: Venn Diagrams, Blood Relations.
Soft Skills: Adjectives, Degree of Comparisons

UNIT-III
Aptitude: Puzzle test, Time and Date (Group Reasoning)
Soft Skills: Art of Communication, Words Often Confused
UNIT-IV
Aptitude: Cubes & Dice
Soft Skills: Word Analogy, Effective Listening
UNIT-V
Aptitude: Seating Arrangements
Soft Skills: Paragraph Writing, non-verbal communication
Text Books:
1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning, Dr. R.S. Aggarwal,
S.CHAND Publications.
2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND
Publications.
Reference Books:
1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning, S.CHAND Publications
2. Logical Reasoning, Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English, R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.
Web Links:
1. www.indiabix.com
****

POWER SYSTEMS-II
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the student to compute parameters of transmission lines and to

understand the concepts of GMD/GMR.
COB 2 : To enable the students to study the short and medium length transmission lines
and Performance.
COB 3 : To enable the students to study the performance and modeling of long
transmission lines.
COB 4 : To help the students to study the effect of travelling waves on transmission lines.
COB 5 : To help the students to study the factors affecting on the performance of
transmission lines and power factor improvement methods.
COB 6 : To help the students to study the sag and tension computation of transmission
lines as well as to study the performance of overhead insulators.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Illustrate parameters of various types of transmission lines during different

operating conditions
CO 2 : Analyze the performance of short and medium transmission lines
CO 3 : Demonstrate travelling waves on transmission lines
CO 4 : Identify various factors related to charged transmission lines
CO 5 : Make use of sag/tension of transmission lines and performance of line insulators

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) - 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K4) - - - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K2) - - 2 2 2 - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) - - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - -
CO 5(K3) - - 2 - 2 2 2 - - - - -

CO 1(K2) - 2 -
CO 2(K4) - 2 -
CO 3(K2) - 2 -
CO 4(K3) - 2 -
CO 5(K3) - 2 -

UNIT-I Transmission Line Parameters:

Conductor materials - Types of conductors – Calculation of resistance for solid conductors
–Calculation of inductance for single phase and three phase– Single and double circuit
lines–Concept of GMR and GMD–Symmetrical and asymmetrical conductor configuration
with and without transposition–Bundled conductors-Numerical Problems–Calculation of
capacitance for 2 wire and 3 wire systems – Effect of ground on capacitance – Capacitance
calculations for symmetrical and asymmetrical single and three phase–Single and double
circuit lines- Bundled conductors–Numerical Problems.
UNIT-II Performance of Short and Medium Length Transmission Lines:

Classification of Transmission Lines – Short, medium, long line and their model
representations –Nominal-T–Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants for symmetrical and
Asymmetrical Networks– Numerical Problems– Mathematical Solutions to estimate
regulation and efficiency of all types of lines – Numerical Problems.
UNIT-III Performance of Long Transmission Lines:

Long Transmission Line–Rigorous Solution – Evaluation of A,B,C,D Constants–
Interpretation of the Long Line Equations, regulation and efficiency– Incident, Reflected
and Refracted Waves –Surge Impedance and SIL of Long Lines–Wave Length and
Velocity of Propagation of Waves – Representation of Long Lines – Equivalent-T and
Equivalent Pie network models (Numerical Problems).
UNIT-IV Power System Transients & Various Factors governing the Performance of
Transmission line:
Types of System Transients – Travelling or Propagation of Surges – Attenuation–
Distortion– Reflection and Refraction Coefficients – Termination of lines with different
types of conditions – Open Circuited Line–Short Circuited Line – T-Junction– Lumped
Reactive Junctions.
Skin and Proximity effects – Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors –
Ferranti effect – Charging Current.
UNIT-V Corona, Sag Calculations and Overhead Line Insulators:

Corona – Description of the phenomenon–Factors affecting corona–Critical voltages and
power loss – Radio Interference.
Sag and Tension calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers–Effect of Wind
and Ice on weight of Conductor–Numerical Problems – Stringing chart and sag template
and its applications.
Types of Insulators – String efficiency and Methods for improvement–Numerical
Problems – Voltage distribution–Calculation of string efficiency–Capacitance grading and
Static Shielding.
Text Books:
1. Electrical power systems – by C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited,
Publishers.
2. Modern Power System Analysis by I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2ndEdition.

Reference Books:
1. Power system Analysis–by John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC
Companies, 4thedition.
2. Power System Analysis and Design by B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publishing.
3. A Text Book on Power System Engineering by M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta,
U.S.Bhatnagar A.Chakrabarthy, Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd.
4. Electrical Power Systems by P.S.R. Murthy, B.S.Publications.
Web Links:
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/performance-of-transmission-line/
3. https://gradeup.co/models-and-performance-of-transmission-lines-and-cables-i-
ebfce936-c584-11e5-baa5-76adddde8c47
4. http://www.crectirupati.com
***

POWER ELECTRONICS
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to study the characteristics of various power

semiconductor devices.
COB 2 : To equip the students with the knowledge of operation of 1-ɸ and 3-ɸ phase
Controlled converters.
COB 3 : To enable the students study about the operation of AC-AC regulators and
cycloconverters.
COB 4 : To equip the students with the knowledge of different types of DC-DC
converters.
COB 5 : To enable the students study about the operation of inverters.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the different types of power semiconductor devices and their

Characteristics.
CO 2: Distinguish between 1ɸ and 3ɸ phase controlled converters.
CO 3: Analyze the operation of AC voltage controllers and cycloconverters.
CO 4: Analyze the operation of different types of DC-DC converters.
CO 5: Illustrate the operation of Inverters and application of PWM techniques.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 -
CO2(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - - -
CO3(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - - -
CO5(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - 2 -

CO1(K2) 1 1 2
CO2(K4) 2 2 3
CO3(K4) 2 2 3
CO4(K4) 2 2 3
CO5(K2) 1 1 1

UNIT-I Power Semiconductor Devices:

Characteristics of power MOSFET and power IGBT-Theory of operation of SCR-Static
characteristics-Dynamic characteristics-Two transistor model-turn on and turn off
methods-snubber circuit basic requirements of gating circuits for SCR, IGBT and
MOSFET - Operation of TRIAC and static V-I characteristics.
UNIT-II AC-DC Converters:

AC-DC single phase converters:
1-ɸ half wave controlled rectifiers- R-Load and RL-load with and without freewheeling
diode-1-ɸ full wave controlled rectifiers, center tapped and bridge configuration R-Load
and RL-loads with and without freewheeling diode-RLE load-Continuous and
discontinuous Conduction- 1-ɸ semi converter with R-load and RL-load with freewheeling
diode-Effect of source inductance in 1-ɸ bridge rectifier with continuous conduction-
problems.
AC-DC Three Phase Converters:
3-ɸ half wave controlled rectifier with R-load and RL-load-3ɸ fully Controlled rectifier
with R- load, RL-load and RLE load, 3-ɸ semi controlled converter with R-load, RL-load,
Effect of source inductance-problems.
UNIT-III AC-AC Regulators and Cycloconverters:

Principle of phase angle control and on-off control-1-ɸ AC-AC regulator with R load and
RL load for continuous and discontinuous conduction- Transformer tap changing using ant
parallel thyristors-problems. 1ɸ bridge type step-up cycloconverter with R Load-1-ɸ
bridge type cycloconverter with R load and RL load continuous and Discontinuous
(Principle of operation only) – three phase to single phase – three phase to three phase
cycloconverter.
UNIT-IV DC-DC Converters:

Analysis of Buck, Boost and Buck-Boost converters in continuous and discontinuous
Conduction Modes-Output voltage equations using volt-sec balance in CCM and DCM
output voltage ripple and inductor current-ripple for CCM only-Problems-Principle of
operation of forward and fly back converters in CCM.
UNIT-V DC-AC Converters:

1-ɸ half bridge inverter and full bridge inverters with R and RL loads-3ɸ Voltage source
Inverter with 1800 Conduction Mode and 1200 Conduction Mode-PWM Inverters- Quasi-
square wave pulse width modulation- Sinusoidal pulse width modulation-Prevention of
shoot through fault in Voltage Source Inverter (VSI) – Current Source Inverter (CSI) –
Introduction to Auto Sequential Commutated Current Source Inverter (ASCCSI) .
Text Books:
1. Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications – by M.H Rashid, Prentice
Hall of India, 3rd edition,2014
2. Power Electronics – by P.S.Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers

Reference Books:
1. Power Electronics, P.C.Sen, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1st Edition.
2. Power Electronics, Vedam Subramaniam, New Age International (P) Ltd
Publishers.
3. Power Electronics, M. D. Singh & K. B. Kanchandhani, Tata McGraw – Hill
Publishing Company, 2nd Edition.
4. Power Electronics: Essentials & Applications by L.Umanand, Wiley, Pvt. Limited,
India.
Web Links:
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/characteristics-of-thyristor/
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/dual-converter
3. http://jntuk-coeerd.in/
***

PULSE AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS
L T P C
V Semester
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart basic knowledge on linear and non-linear wave shaping circuits.
COB 2: To enable the students to know the switching characteristics of devices and
logic families.
COB 3: To make the students to design different types of multi vibrators using
transistors
COB 4: To make the students to acquire knowledge on basic concept of time base
generators.
COB 5: To make the students to know the working of sampling gates.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Construct linear wave shaping circuits.

CO 2: Demonstrate the switching characteristics of diodes and transistors
CO 3: Analyze the waveforms of clipper & clamper circuits.
CO 4: Compare DL, TL, DTL, TTL, ECL and CMOS logic families.
CO 5: Develop multi vibrators using transistors.
CO 6: Examine voltage time base generators using constant current sources.
CO 7: Apply the concept of sampling gates in digital circuits.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3
CO5 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - 3
CO6 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3
CO7 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - -
CO2 (K2) - - -
CO3 (K4) - - -
CO4 (K4 ) - - -
CO5 (K3 ) 3 3 2
CO6 (K4 ) 3 3 3
CO7 (K3 ) 3 3 2

UNIT I Linear Wave shaping:

High pass, low pass RC circuits, their response for sinusoidal, step, pulse, square, ramp
and exponential inputs. RC network as differentiator and integrator; Attenuators, its
applications in CRO probe, RL and RLC circuits and their response for step input, Ringing
circuit.
UNIT II Switching Characteristics of Devices:

Diode as a switch, piecewise linear diode characteristics, Design and analysis of Transistor
as a switch, Break down voltage consideration of transistor, saturation parameters of
Transistor and their variation with temperature, Design of transistor switch, transistor-
switching times.
Non-Linear Wave Shaping:

Diode clippers, Transistor clippers, clipping at two independent levels, Transfer
characteristics of clippers, Emitter coupled clipper; Clamping operation, clamping circuits
using diode with different inputs, Clamping circuit theorem, practical clamping circuits,
effect of diode characteristics on clamping voltage, Transfer characteristics of clampers.
UNIT III Logic Families:

Diode Logic, Transistor Logic, Diode-Transistor Logic, Transistor-Transistor Logic,
Emitter Coupled Logic, AOI Logic, Comparison of Logic Families.
Bi-stable Multi vibrator:
Analysis And Design of Fixed Bias, Self Bias Bistable Multi Vibrator, Collector Catching
Diodes, Commutating Capacitors, Triggering of Binary Circuits, Emitter Coupled Bi-
stable Multi vibrator (Schmitt Trigger).
UNIT IV Mono stable Multi vibrator:

Analysis and Design of Collector Coupled Monostable Multi vibrator, Triggering of
Monostable Multivibrator, Applications of Monostable Multivibrator.
Astable Multivibrator:
Analysis and Design of Collector Coupled Astable Multivibrator, Application of Astable
Multivibrator as a Voltage to Frequency Converter.
UNIT V Voltage Time Base Generators:

General features of a time base signal, Methods of generating time base waveform
Exponential Sweep Circuits, Negative Resistance Switches, basic principles in Miller and
Bootstrap time base generators, Transistor Miller time base generator, Transistor Bootstrap
time base generator.
Sampling Gates:
Basic Operating Principles of Sampling Gates, Diode Unidirectional Sampling Gate and
Two-Diode Bi-Directional Sampling Gate, Four-Diode gates, Six-Diode Gates, Reduction
of Pedestal in Sampling Gates, Applications of Sampling Gates.

Text Books:
1. Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms, J. Millman and H. Taub, McGraw-Hill
2. Pulse and Digital Circuits, A. Anand Kumar, PHI, 2nd Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Solid State Pulse circuits, David A. Bell, PHI, 4th Edition.
2. Pulse & Digital Circuits, Venkata Rao, K,Ramasudha K, Manmadha Rao,
G. Pearson.
Web Links:
1 en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_electronics
2 https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/pdc-pulse-and-digital-circuits/
3 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117103064/22
4 http://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/filter/filter_1.html
5 https://electronicspost.com/v-i-characteristics-of-pn-junction-diode/

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To introduce the concepts associated with of signals and systems.

COB 2 : To familiarize the students about the concepts of transform based continuous time
and discrete time analysis of signals and systems.
COB 3 : To provide the knowledge about sampling process and reconstruction of a signal.
COB 4 : To create awareness in students on frequency transformation techniques.
COB 5 : To prepare the students to analyze the characteristics of continuous-time and
discrete-time signals and systems using different mathematical tools.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Classify the signals into different categories.

CO 2 : Demonstrate the spectral characteristics of signals using Fourier analysis.
CO 3 : Apply convolution and correlation for signal generation and signal extraction.
CO 4 : Identify system characteristics in time domain and frequency domain.
CO 5 : Analyze sampling process and reconstruction of signals.
CO 6 : Apply Laplace and Z- transform techniques for the analysis of continuous-time and
discrete-time signals and Systems.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K4) 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO 6(K3) 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K2) - - 2
CO 2(K2) - - 2
CO 3(K3) - 1 3
CO 4(K3) 1 - 3
CO 5(K4) 2 - 3
CO 6(K3) 1 1 3

UNIT I
Signals: Introduction, Representation of signals, Elementary signals, Basic Operations on
signals, Classification of Signals.
Signal Analysis: Analogy between vectors and signals, Orthogonal vector space,
Orthogonal signal space, Signal approximation by a set of mutual orthogonal signals,
Mean square error, Closed or complete set of orthogonal functions, Orthogonality in
complex functions.
UNIT II
Fourier Series: Representation of periodic signals using Fourier series, Trigonometric
Fourier series and Exponential Fourier series, properties of Fourier series, Complex
Fourier spectrum.
Fourier Transforms: Deriving Fourier transform(FT) from Fourier series, Existence of
Fourier transform, Fourier transform of standard signals, properties of Fourier transforms,
Fourier transform of periodic signals, Fourier transforms involving impulse signal and
Signum signal.
UNIT III
Convolution and Correlation of Signals: Concept of convolution in time domain and
frequency domain, Graphical representation of convolution, Convolution properties of
Fourier transforms. Signal Comparison: Cross correlation and auto correlation of signals,
properties of correlation function, Energy density spectrum, Power density spectrum,
Relation between auto correlation function and energy/power spectral density function,
Relation between convolution and correlation.
UNIT IV
Signal Transmission Through LTI Systems: Classification of systems, Linear time
invariant (LTI) system, Impulse response of LTI systems, Properties of LTI systems,
Transfer function of an LTI system, Filter characteristics of linear systems, Distortion less
transmission through a system, Signal bandwidth, system bandwidth, Ideal LPF, HPF and
BPF characteristics, Causality and Paley-Wiener criterion for physical realization,
relationship between bandwidth and rise time.
Sampling: Sampling, Sampling theorem – Graphical and analytical proof for Band
Limited Signals, effect of under sampling – Aliasing, impulse sampling, Natural and Flat
top Sampling, Reconstruction of signal from its samples, Sampling of Band Pass signals.
UNIT V
Laplace Transforms: Review of Laplace transform (LT) , Existence of Laplace
transform, Concept of region of convergence (ROC) for Laplace transforms, constraints on
ROC for various classes of signals, Properties of Laplace transforms, relation between
LTs, and FT of a signal, Inverse Laplace transform, Laplace transform using waveform
synthesis.
Z–Transforms: Z-Transform of a discrete time signal, Distinction between Laplace,
Fourier and Z-transforms, Region of convergence in Z-Transform, constraints on ROC for
various classes of discrete signals, Properties of Z-transforms, properties of Z-transforms,
Inverse Z-transform.

Text Books:
1. Signals and Systems, Anand Kumar, PHI, 4th Edition.
2. Signals and Systems, A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and S.H. Nawab, PHI, 2nd
Edition.
3. Signals, Systems & Communications, B.P. Lathi, BS Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Signals & Systems, Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Wiley, 2nd Edition.
2. Fundamentals of Signals and Systems, Michel J. Robert, MGH International
Edition.
3. Signals and Systems, K Raja Rajeswari, B VisweswaraRao, PHI.
4. Signals and Systems, T K Rawat, Oxford University press.
Web Links:
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com//signals_and_systems/index.htm
4. https://www.mathworks.com/support/learn-with-matlab-tutorials.html
5. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-2011

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

(Professional Elective – I)
V Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171EE5E01 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To help the students acquire knowledge on the solar radiation data,
extraterrestrial radiation, radiation on earth’s surface.
COB 2 : To enable the students study the basic concepts of solar photo voltaic systems
COB 3 : To train the students to use the maximum power point techniques in solar PV
and wind energy
COB 4 : To enable the students design the wind energy conversion systems
COB 5 : To help the students to acquire the basic principle and working of tidal,
biomass, fuel cell and geothermal systems
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Analyze solar radiation data, extraterrestrial radiation, and radiation on
earth’s surface
CO 2: Examine the solar photo voltaic systems
CO 3: Develop maximum power point techniques in solar PV and wind energy
systems
CO 4: Illustrate the wind energy conversion systems, wind generators and power
generation
CO 5: Explain basic principle and working of tidal, biomass, fuel cell and
geothermal systems

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K4) 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K4) 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 - 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 1(K4) 2 2 3
CO 2(K4) 2 2 3
CO 3(K3) 1 1 3
CO 4(K2) - - 2
CO 5(K2) - - 2

UNIT-I Fundamentals of Energy Systems and Solar energy:

Energy conservation principle – Energy scenario (world and India) – various forms of
renewable energy – Solar radiation: Outside earth’s atmosphere–Earth surface–Analysis of
solar radiation data–Geometry– Radiation on tilted surfaces – Numerical problems. Liquid
flat plate collectors, Introduction to solar air heaters – Concentrating collectors, solar pond
and solar still – solar thermal plants.
UNIT-II Solar Photo voltaic Systems:

Solar photo voltaic cell, module, array–construction–Efficiency of solar cells–Developing
technologies– CellI-Vcharacteristics–Equivalent circuit of solar cell– Seriesresistance –
Shuntresistance –Applications and systems–Balance of system components- System
design: storagesizing – PV systemsizing –Maximum power point techniques: Perturband
observe (P&O) technique– Hill climbing technique.
UNIT-III Wind Energy:

Sourcesofwindenergy-Windpatterns–Typesofturbines–Horizontalaxisandvertical
axismachines-Kineticenergy of wind–Betzcoefficient–Tip–speedratio–Efficiency – Power
output of windturbine – Selection of generator (synchronous, induction) –Maximum power
point tracking– wind farms – Power generation for utility grids.
UNIT-IV Hydro, Biomass and Tidal power systems:

Basic working principle – Classification of hydro systems: Large, small, micro –
measurement of head and flow – Energy equation – Types of turbines – Numerical
problems.
Biomass Energy: Fuel classification–Pyrolysis–Direct combustion of heat–Different

digesters and sizing.
Tidalpower–Basics–Kineticenergy equation–Turbinesfortidal power-Numerical problems
UNIT-V Fuel cells, geothermal systems and Wave Power:

Fuel cell: Classification of fuel for fuel cells – Fuel cell voltage– Efficiency – V-I
characteristics.
Geothermal: Classification–Dryrockandhotaquifer–Energyanalysis–Geothermal based

electric power generation.
Wave power – Basics – Kinetic energy equation – Wave power devices – Linear
generators.
Text Books:
1. Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, S.P.Sukhatme and
rd
J.K. Nayak, TMH, New Delhi, 3 Edition.
nd
2. Non conventional energy source–B.H.khan-TMH-2 edition.
3. Renewable Energy Resources, JohnTwidell and TonyWeir, Taylor and Francis-
second edition.

Reference Books:
1. Energy Science: Principles, Technologies and Impacts, John Andrewsand
NickJelly, Oxford University Press.
rd
2. Renewable Energy – Godfrey Boyle-oxford university. press 3 edition.
3. Hand book of renewable technology AhmedF. Zobaa, RameshC.Bansal, World
scientific, Singapore.
4. Renewableenergytechnologies–Apracticalguideforbeginners–ChetanSingh Solanki,
PHI.
Web Links:
***

MODELLING AND ANALYSIS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES

V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students study the concepts of generalized theory of electrical
machines using Kron’s primitive model.
COB 2: To help the students with knowledge of the DC and AC machines as Basic
Two Polemachine.
COB 3: To illustrate the designing of the electrical machine models with voltage,
current, torque and speed equations.
COB 4: To sensitise the students to use the steady state and transient behavior of the
electrical machines.
COB 5: To enable the students study the dynamic behavior of the 3-Phase Induction
Motor.
COB 6: To enable the students study the dynamic behavior of the 3-Phase
synchronous Motor.
Course Outcome:
CO 1: Analyze the behavior of DC motor models for different applications.

CO 2: Evaluate the characteristics of different types of DC motors for designing
suitable controllers
CO 3: Make use of the reference frame theory of AC machines to model the
induction and Synchronous machines.
CO 4: Evaluate the steady state and transient behavior of induction machines to
propose the suitability of drives for different industrial applications.
CO 5: Evaluate the steady state and transient behavior of synchronous
machines

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K5) 3 2 - 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K4) - 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4) 2 - 3 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K5) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -


CO1 (K4 ) 3 2 3
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3
CO3 (K4 ) 3 2 3
CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3
CO5 (K5 ) 3 3 3
UNIT – I Basic concepts of Modeling:

Basic Two-pole Machine representation of Commutator machines, 3-phasesynchronous
machine with and without damper bars and 3-phase induction machine, Kron’s primitive
Machine- voltage, current and Torque equations.
UNIT – II DC Machine Modeling:

MathematicalmodelofseparatelyexcitedD.Cmotor- SteadyStateanalysis-TransientState
Analysis-SuddenapplicationofInertiaLoad-TransferfunctionofseparatelyexcitedD.CMotor-
Mathematical model of D.C Series motor, Shunt motor-Linearization Techniques for
small perturbations
UNIT –III Reference frame theory & Modeling of single phase Induction Machines:
Linear transformation-Phase transformation- three phase to two phase transformation(abc
to αβ0) and two phase to three phase transformation αβ0 to abc - -Power equivalence-
Mathematical modeling of single phase induction machines.
UNIT - IV Modeling of three phase Induction Machine:

Generalized model in arbitrary reference frame-Electromagnetic torque-Derivation of
commonly used Induction machine models- Stator reference frame model-Rotor reference
frame model-Synchronously rotating reference frame model-state space model with flux
linkages as variables.
UNIT –V Modeling of Synchronous Machine & Special machines:

Synchronous machine inductances -voltage equations in the rotor’s dq0 reference
frame- electromagnetic torque-current in terms of flux linkages-three synchronous
machine model- modeling of PM Synchronous motor, modeling of BLDC motor,
modeling of Switched Reluctance motor.
Text Books:
1. Electric Motor Drives - Modeling, Analysis & control- R. Krishnan-Pearson
st
Publications-1 edition.
2. Analysis of Electrical Machinery and Drive systems-P. C. Krause,
OlegWasynczuk, Scott D. Sudh off- Second Edition-IEEE Press.

Reference Books:
1. Dynamic simulation of Electric machinery using Mat lab / Simulink -
CheeMunOng- Prentice Hall
2. Generalised theory of Electrical Machines, P. S. Bhimbra,-Fifth edition, Khanna
publisher.
Web Links:
2. http://www.ee.iitm.ac.in/2016/08/ee5201/
****

ELECTRICAL SAFETY
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To help the students to know about electrical hazards

COB 2: To help the students to know about various grounding techniques
COB 3: To help the students to know about safety procedures
COB 4: To help the students to know about various electrical maintenance
techniques
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Describe electrical hazards and safety equipment

CO 2: Analyze and apply various grounding and bonding techniques
CO 3: Select appropriate safety method for low, medium and high voltage
equipment
CO 4: Participate in a safety team
CO 5: Carry out proper maintenance of electrical equipment by
understanding various Standards
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) 3 1 3 1 - 3 1 2 - - 2 2
CO 2(K4) 3 3 3 - 1 3 1 - - - 2 -
CO 3(K3) 3 2 3 1 1 3 1 - - 1 3 -
CO 4(K3) - - 3 - 1 3 - 1 3 1 3 2
CO 5(K2) 3 1 3 1 2 3 2 2 1 - 2 1

CO 1(K2) 2 2 -
CO 2(K4) 2 3 -
CO 3(K3) 2 3 -
CO 4(K3) - 1 -
CO 5(K2) 3 2 -

UNIT-I Hazards of Electricity and Electrical Safety Equipment:

Primary and secondary hazards- arc, blast, shocks-causes and effects-safety equipment-
flash and thermal protection, head and eye protection-rubber insulating equipment, hot
sticks, insulated tools, barriers and signs, safety tags, locking devices- voltage measuring
instruments- proximity and contact testers-safety electrical one line diagram- electrician’s
safety kit.
UNIT-II Grounding of Electrical Systems and Equipment:

General requirements for grounding and bonding- definitions- grounding of electrical
equipment-bonding of electrically conducting materials and other equipment-connection of
grounding and bonding equipment- system grounding- purpose of system grounding-
grounding electrode system- grounding conductor connection to electrodes-use of
grounded circuit conductor for grounding equipment- grounding of low voltage and high
voltage systems.
UNIT-III Safety Procedures and Methods:

The six step safety methods- pre job briefings - hot-work decision tree-safe switching of
power system- lockout-tag out- flash hazard calculation and approach distances-
calculating the required level of arc protection-safety equipment , procedure for low,
medium and high voltage systems- the one minute safety audit
UNIT-IV Safety Management and Organizing Structure :

Electrical safety program structure, development- company safety team- safety policy
program implementation- employee electrical safety teams- safety meetings- safety
auditaccident prevention- first aid- rescue techniques-accident investigation
UNIT-V Electrical Maintenance and Legal Safety Requirements and Standards:

Safety related case for electrical maintenance- reliability centered maintenance (RCM) -
eight step maintenance program- frequency of maintenance- maintenance requirement for
specific equipment and location- regulatory bodies- national electrical safety code-
standard for electrical safety in work place- occupational safety and health administration
standards, Indian Electricity Acts related to Electrical Safety.
Text Books:
1. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel, Al Winfield, ‘Electrical
Safety Handbook’, McGraw-Hill Education, 4 th Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Maxwell Adams.J, ‘Electrical Safety- a guide to the causes and prevention of
electric hazards’, The Institution of Electric Engineers, IET.
2. Ray A. Jones, Jane G. Jones, ‘Electrical Safety in the Workplace’, Jones & Bartlett
Learning.
Web Links:
2. https://www.electricalsafetyfirst.org.uk

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENTS
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To outline and classify Intellectual property.
COB 2 : To Illustrate and Interpret issues relating to an Intellectual Property right
COB 3 : To apply Intellectual Property Law to find out solution in relation to
Intellectual Property rights in the interest of original owner of Intellectual
Property.
COB 4 : To Identify the Institutions and agencies that grants, protects and works for
Intellectual properties in India and abroad
COB 5 : To Predict issues related to Intellectual property rights on trademarks,
copyrights and patents
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Compare various Intellectual Property rights.

CO 2 : Discuss on Intellectual Property and infer rights on such Intellectual Property
owners
CO 3 : Relate with International Intellectual Property Law
CO 4 : Interpret the legal issues on Intellectual Property Rights
CO 5 : Apply for trade mark, copyrights, patents
CO 6 : Summarize trade secrets, unfair competition which is being adopted by
various firms
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3
CO 2(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3
CO 3(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3
CO 4(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3
CO 6(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 1(K2) - - -
CO 2(K2) - - -
CO 3(K2) - - -
CO 4(K2) - - -
CO 5(K3) - - -
CO 6(K2) - - -

UNIT-I Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights (IPR):

Concept of Property - Introduction to IPR – International Instruments and IPR - WIPO -
TRIPS – WTO –Laws Relating to IPR - IPR Tool Kit - Protection and Regulation -
Copyrights and Neighboring Rights – Industrial Property – Patents - Agencies for IPR
Registration – Traditional Knowledge –Emerging Areas of IPR – Layout Designs and
Integrated Circuits – Use and Misuse of Intellectual Property Rights.
UNIT-II Copyrights and Neighboring Rights:

Introduction to Copyrights – Principles of Copyright Protection – Law Relating to
Copyrights - Subject Matters of Copyright – Copyright Ownership – Transfer and
Duration – Right to Prepare Derivative Works –Rights of Distribution – Rights of
Performers – Copyright Registration – Limitations – Infringement of Copyright – Relief
and Remedy – Case Law - Semiconductor Chip Protection Act.
UNIT-III Patents:
Introduction to Patents - Laws Relating to Patents in India – Patent Requirements –
Product Patent and Process Patent - Patent Search - Patent Registration and Granting of
Patent - Exclusive Rights – Limitations - Ownership and Transfer –– Revocation of
Patent – Patent Appellate Board - Infringement of Patent – Double Patenting –– Patent
Cooperation Treaty – New developments in Patents – Software Protection and Computer
related Innovations
UNIT-IV Trademarks and Trade secrets:

Introduction to Trademarks – Laws Relating to Trademarks – Functions of Trademark –
Distinction between Trademark and Property Mark – Marks Covered under Trademark
Law - Trade Mark Registration – Trade Mark Maintenance – Transfer of rights -
Deceptive Similarities - Likelihood of Confusion - Dilution of Ownership – Trademarks
Claims and Infringement – Remedies – Passing off action.
Introduction to Trade Secrets – General Principles - Maintaining Trade Secret– Physical
Security – Employee Access Limitation – Employee Confidentiality Agreements.
UNIT-V Cyber Law and Cyber Crime:

Introduction to Cyber Law – Information Technology Act 2000 - Protection of Online
and Computer Transactions - E-commerce - Data Security – Authentication and
Confidentiality - Privacy - Digital Signatures – Certifying Authorities - Cyber Crimes -
Prevention and Punishment – Liability of Network Providers.
• Relevant Cases Shall be dealt where ever necessary.
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of IPR for Engineers, Kompal Bansal & Parishit Bansal, B. S.
Publications (Press).
2. Intellectual Property ,Deborah E.Bouchoux: Cengage Learning, New Delh
3. Intellectual property rights, Prabuddha Ganuli,Tata Mcgraw
4. Intellectual property rights ,M.Ashok kumar and Mohd.Iqbal Ali:, Serials
Publications

References Books:
1. Intellectual Property Rights (Patents & Cyber Law), Dr. A. Srinivas. Oxford
University Press, New Delhi
2. Intellectual Property ,Richard Stim: Cengage Learning, New Delhi
3. Intellectual Property Rights, R.Radha Krishnan, S.Balasubramanian:, Excel Books.
New Delhi
Web Links:
1. http://www.wipo.int/portal/en/index.html
2. https://indiankanoon.org/
3. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/patents.htm
4. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/trade-marks.htm
5. http://copyright.gov.in/
****

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS-III
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To provide basic communication to ensure employability skills.

COB 2: To meet the changing global needs and demands.
COB 3: To orient students towards career and profession.
COB 4: To equip students with fundamental and advanced inputs as various
techniques of strengthening their profession abilities.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Calculate the L.C.M and H.C.F of numbers by simple methods.
CO 2 : Discuss about different numbers and its applications.
CO 3 : Breakdown the typical write-up skills.
CO 4 : Apply different types of models on ratio & proportion, average, ages and
percentages.
CO 5 : Demonstrate the tools of the soft skills.

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3
CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 3 - - 3
CO 3(K4) 3 3 - - - 3 3 - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3

CO 1(K3) 1 - 1
CO 2(K2) 2 - 2
CO 3(K4) - 2 -
CO 4(K3) - 1 -
CO 5(K3) - - 2

UNIT-I:
Aptitude: L.C.M & H.C.F,
Soft Skills: Group discussion.
UNIT-II:
Aptitude: Problems on Numbers, Simple Equations
Soft Skills: Resume writing, Personalized Resume preparation, Compose and Prepare a
cover letter.
UNIT-III:
Aptitude: Ratio & proportion
Soft Skills: E-mail -Writing &Etiquette, Business Etiquette.
UNIT-IV:
Aptitude: Average, Ages
Soft Skills: Interviewing skills-1, Do’s & don’ts in an interview, Interview Demonstration
Videos, Interview Preparation.
UNIT-V:
Aptitude: Percentages
Soft Skills: Stress Management, Personal priorities effect on career decisions, Personal
priorities to professional priorities.
Text Books:
1. Quantitative Aptitude - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.
2. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.
Reference Books:
1. Quantitative Aptitude - Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.
2. Quantitative Aptitude –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.
Web Links:
1. www.indiabix.com
2. www.bankersadda.com

ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS LAB
V Semester L T P C
Course Code:171EE5L04 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To train the students to calibrate voltmeter and ammeter.

COB 2 : To help student measure single phase and three phase power and energy.
COB 3 : To facilitate the student to use Crompton DC Potentiometer.
COB 4 : To enable the student to measure resistance, inductance and capacitance
with the help of bridges.
COB 5 : To help the student test transformer oil.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Measure the active and reactive power of different loads.

CO 2 : Calibrate ammeter, voltmeter, and wattmeter and energy meter.
CO 3 : Illustrate the working of different bridges.
CO 4 : Compare the different errors of the equipment.
CO 5 : Determine the breakdown strength of oil used in transformers.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K 2) 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K 5) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K 5) - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K 2) 2 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO 5(K 5) 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K 2) 1 1 2
CO 2(K 5) 3 3 3
CO 3(K 5) 3 3 3
CO 4(K 2) 1 1 2
CO 5(K 5) 3 3 3

List of experiments:
1. Conduct experiment to Calibration and Testing of single phase energy Meter.

2. Conduct experiment to Calibration of dynamometer wattmeter using phantom
loading.
3. Conduct experiment to Measurement of resistance and Determination of Tolerance
using Kelvin’s double Bridge.
4. Conduct experiment to Calibration of PMMC ammeter and voltmeter using
Crompton D.C. Potentiometer.
5. Conduct experiment to Capacitance Measurement using Schering Bridge.
6. Conduct experiment to Inductance Measurement using Anderson Bridge.
7. Conduct experiment to Measurement of 3 phase reactive power with single phase
wattmeter for balanced Loading.
8. Conduct experiment to Measurement of 3 phase power with single watt meter and
using two C.Ts.
9. Conduct experiment to Calibration of LPF wattmeter by direct loading.
10. Conduct experiment to Testing of C.T. using mutual inductance method.
List of Augmented experiments (Any two of the following experiments can be

performed):
1. Conduct experiment to Testing of P.T. using absolute null method.

2. Conduct experiment to Dielectric oil testing using H.T test Kit.
3. Conduct experiment to Measurement of Power by 3 Voltmeter and 3 Ammeter
method.
4. Conduct experiment to Measurement of resistance using Wheatstone bridge.
5. Conduct experiment to Calibration of AC voltmeter and measurement of choke
parameters using AC Potentiometer.
Reference Books:
1. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall Electrical
Measurements by Forest K. Harris. John Wiley and Sons
2. Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications – by Reissland,
M.U, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.
3. Electrical and Electronic Measurements –by G.K.Banerjee, PHI Learning Private
Ltd, New Delhi–2012.
4. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall
Web Links:
3. www.digitalinstrumentsindia.com/digital-measuring-instruments.html
4. educypedia.karadimov.info/library/Power_and_Energy.ppt.
5. https://www.slideshare.net/.../power-and-energy-measurement-34739378
***

ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II LAB
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To illustrate speed control of three phase induction motors

COB 2 : To enable the students to determine the performance of three phase and single
phase induction motors
COB 3 : To facilitate the improvement of power factor for single phase induction
motor
COB 4 : To help the students to predetermine the regulation of three phase alternator
by various methods
COB 5 : To find Xd/Xq ratio of alternator and assess the performance of three phase
synchronous motor
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Assess the performance of three phase and single phase induction motors
CO 2: Examine the speed of three phase induction motor
CO 3: Pre determine the regulation of three phase alternator by various methods
CO 4: find Xd/Xq ratio of alternator and assess the performance of three phase
synchronous motor

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 2 --- 1 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CO 2(K4) --- 3 2 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CO 3(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CO 4(K1) --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

CO 1(K3) --- 1 ---
CO 2(K4) 2 2 ---
CO 3(K5) 3 3 ---
CO 4(K1) --- --- ---

1. To conduct brake test on a 3 phase squirrel cage induction motor and draw its
performance characteristics.
2. To conduct no load and blocked rotor test on a 3 phase induction motor and draw
its circle diagram.
3. To find the regulation of a 3 phase alternator by EMF method.
4. To find the regulation of a 3 phase alternator by MMF method.
5. To determine the Regulation of three–phase alternator by Potier triangle method.
6. To plot the V and inverted V curves of a synchronous motor.
7. To find Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine by slip test.
8. To draw equivalent circuit of single phase induction motor.
9. Speed control of 3- phase induction motor by V/f control method.
10. To Determination of efficiency of three phase alternator by loading with three
phase induction motor.
List of Augmented experiments:

1. To determine the efficiency of single phase induction motor by conducting brake

test.
2. Synchronization of Alternator to infinite bus by using dark lamp method.
3. To determine the Efficiency of 3 phase alternator by loading with 3 phase
resistive load.
Reference Books:
1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth, McGraw Hill Publications, 4th
edition.
2. Electrical Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi publications 5th edition.
3. Electrical Machinery by Abijith Chakrabarthi and Sudhipta Debnath, McGraw
Hill education 2015.
education 2010.
Web Links:
3. https://www.electrical4u.com/parallel-operation-of-alternator/.
4. www.electricaleasy.com/.../three-phase-induction-motor.html.
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/speed-control-of-three-phase-induction-motor/
***

CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To help the students to understand the performance of basic control system
components.
COB 2 : To facilitate the students to learn the time and frequency responses of control
system.
COB 3 : To enable the students to study the affect of controllers and compensators on
control system
COB 4 : To illustrate the fundamentals and application of programmable logic
controller
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Analyze the performance and working of Magnetic amplifier, D.C and A.C
servo motors
CO 2: Design of different types of controllers like PI, PID and compensators like
Lag, Lead and lead – lag
CO 3: Understand the Control of temperature using PID controller
CO 4: Determine the transfer function of DC machine
CO 5: Analyze the fundamentals and application of PLC in electrical Domain

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K4) - - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO 2(K6) - 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K5) - 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K4) - - 3
CO 2(K6) 3 3 1
CO 3(K2) - - 2
CO 4(K5) 3 - 2
CO 5(K4) 2 - 3

1. To determine time response of Second order system.

2. To study the characteristics of Synchros - Transmitter and receiver.
3. To study the characteristics of stepper motor using Programmable logic controller.
4. To study the effect of feedback on DC servo motor.
5. To study the effect of P, PD, PI, PID Controller on a second order systems.
6. To Draw the magnitude and phase plots of lag and lead compensators.
7. To study the DC position control system.
8. To determine the transfer function of DC motor.
9. To study temperature controller using PID.
10. To draw the load Characteristics of magnetic amplifiers.

1. To draw the speed - torque characteristics of AC servo motor.

2. To draw the speed - torque characteristics of DC servo motor.
3. To study the Potentiometer as an error detector.
4. Verification of logic gates using PLC.
5. To simulate root locus using MATLAB.
6. To simulate Bode plot using MATLAB
Reference Books:
1. Modern Control Engineering, Kotsuhiko Ogata, Prentice Hall of India.
2. Control Systems, Manik Dhanesh N, Cengage publications.
3. Control Systems Engineering, I.J.Nagarath and M.Gopal, Newage International
Publications, 5thEdition.
4. Control Systems Engineering, S.Palani, Tata McGraw Hill Publications.
Web Links:
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/mathematical-modelling-of-various-system /
2. http://engineering.electrical-equipment.org/panel-building/time-domain-analysis-
of-control-systems.htm
3. http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki/index.php/Frequency_Domain_Analy
sis
4. https://www.electrical4u.com/state-space-analysis-of-control-system/
***

POWER ELECTRONIC CONTROLLERS & DRIVES
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To learn the fundamentals of electric drive and different electric braking
methods.
COB 2: To analyze the operation of three phase converter controlled dc motors and
four quadrant operation of dc motors using dual converters.
COB 3: To discuss the converter control of dc motors in various quadrants.
COB 4: To understand the concept of speed control of induction motor by using AC
voltage controllers and voltage source inverters.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the fundamentals of electric drive and different electric braking

Methods
CO 2: Analyze the operation of three phase converter controlled dc motors and four
quadrant operation of dc motors using dual converters
CO 3: Explain the converter control of dc motors in various quadrants.
CO 4: Explain the concepts of speed control of induction motor by using AC voltage
controllers and voltage source inverters.
CO 5: Explain the principles of static rotor resistance control, various slip power
recovery schemes and various speed control mechanisms of synchronous
motors.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3
CO3 (K5 ) - 3 3
CO4 (K4 ) 2 2 3
CO5 (K4 ) 2 2 3

UNIT-I:
Fundamentals of Electric Drives And Controlled Converter Fed Dc Motor Drives
Fundamentals of Electric Drives
Basics of Electric Drives- Fundamental torque equation – Load torque components –
Nature and classification of load torques – Steady state stability – Load equalization –
Braking methods : Dynamic – Plugging – Regenerative methods.
Controlled Converter Fed Dc Motor Drives
1-phase half and fully controlled converter fed separately and self excited DC motor drive-
Output voltage and current waveforms-Speed-torque expressions-Speed torque
characteristics.
UNIT II:
DC–DC Converters Fed Dc Motor Drives
Single quadrant – Two quadrant and four quadrant DC-DC converter fed separately
excited and self-excited DC motors – Continuous current operation– Output voltage and
current waveforms – Speed–torque expressions – Speed–torque characteristics –Four
quadrant operation – Closed loop operation (qualitative treatment only).
UNIT III:
Stator Side Control Of 3-Phase Induction Motor Drive
Stator voltage control using 3-phase AC voltage regulators – Waveforms –Speed torque
Characteristics– Variable Voltage, Variable Frequency control of induction motor by
PWM Voltage Source Inverter-Closed loop V/f control of Induction Motor drives
(qualitative treatment only)
UNIT IV:
Rotor Side Control Of 3-Phase Induction Motor
Static rotor resistance control – Slip power recovery schemes – Static Scherbius drive –
Static Kramer drive – Performance and speed torque characteristics – Advantages –
Applications-Basics of DFIG (operation).
UNIT V:
Control Of Synchronous Motor Drives
Separate control & self-control of synchronous motors – Operation of self-controlled
Synchronous motors by VSI– Closed Loop control operation of synchronous motor drives
(Qualitative treatment only).–Variable frequency control-SPWM Controlled Synchronous
motor drive.
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Electric Drives by G K Dubey Narosa Publications.
2. Power Semiconductor Drives, by S.B. Dewan, G.R. Slemon, A. Straughen,
Wiley-India Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Electric Motors and Drives Fundamentals, Types and Applications, by
Austin Hughes and Bill Drury, Newnes.
2. Thyristor Control of Electric drives – Vedam Subramanyam, TMH.
3. Power Electronic Circuits, Devices and applications by M.H. Rashid, PHI.
Web Links:
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ee15/preview

POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS

VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To development the impedance diagram (p.u) and formation of Ybus

COB 2: To study the different load flow methods.
COB 3: To study the concept of the Zbus building algorithm.
COB 4: To study short circuit calculation for symmetrical faults
COB 5: To study the effect of unsymmetrical faults and their effects.
COB 6: To study the rotor angle stability of power systems.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Able to draw impedance diagram for a power system network and to
understand per unit quantities.
CO 2: Able to form a Ybus and Zbus for a power system networks.
CO 3: Able to form a Ybus and Zbus for a power system networks.
CO 4: Able to understand the load flow solution of a power system using different
methods.
CO 5: Able to find the fault currents for all types faults to provide data for the design
of Protective devices.
CO 6: Able to find the sequence components of currents for unbalanced power
system Network.
CO 7: Able to analyze the steady state, transient and dynamic stability concepts of a
power system.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K5) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO7 (K4) 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -


CO1 (K1) - - 2
CO2 (K3) 3 3 3
CO3 (K3) - 3 3
CO4 (K3) 2 2 3
CO5 (K2) 2 2 3
CO6 (K5) 2 2 3
CO7 (K4) 1 1 2
UNIT –I:
Per Unit Representation & Topology
Per Unit Quantities–Single line diagram– Impedance diagram of a power system–Graph
theory definition – Formation of element node incidence and bus incidence matrices –
Primitive network representation – Formation of Y–bus matrix by singular transformation
and direct inspection methods.
UNIT –II:
Power Flow Studies
Necessity of power flow studies – Derivation of static power flow equations – Power flow
solution using Gauss-Seidel Method – Newton Raphson Method (Rectangular and polar
coordinates form) –Decoupled and Fast Decoupled methods – Algorithmic approach –
Problems on 3–bus system only.
UNIT –III:
Z–Bus formulation
Formation of Z–Bus-Partial network– Algorithm for the Modification of Z-bus Matrix for
addition element for the following cases: Addition of element from a new bus to
reference–Addition of element from a new bus to an old bus– Addition of element between
an old bus to reference and Addition of element between two old busses (Derivations and
Numerical Problems).– Modification of Z–Bus for the changes in network ( Problems).
UNIT – IV:
Symmetrical Components
Transients on a Transmission line-Short circuit of synchronous machine (on no-load) -
3– Phase short circuit currents and reactances of synchronous machine.
Fault analysis
Short circuit MVA calculations -Series reactors – selection of reactors -Definition of
symmetrical components - symmetrical components of unbalanced three phase systems –
Power in symmetrical components – Sequence impedances – Synchronous generator –
Transmission line and transformers – Sequence networks Various types of faults LG– LL–
LLG and LLL on unloaded alternator–unsymmetrical faults on power system.
UNIT –V:
Power System Stability Analysis
Elementary concepts of Steady state– Dynamic and Transient Stability– Description of
Steady State Stability Power Limit–Transfer Reactance–Synchronizing Power Coefficient
– Power Angle Curve and Determination of Steady State Stability –Derivation of Swing

Equation–Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion–Applications of

Equal Area Criterion–Methods to improve steady state and transient stability.
Text Books:
1. Power System Analysis by Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Modern Power system Analysis – by I. J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari: Tata
McGraw–Hill Publishing Company, 2nd edition.
Reference Books:
1. Power System Analysis – by A.R.Bergen, Prentice Hall, Inc.
2. Power System Analysis by HadiSaadat – TMH Edition.
3. Power System Analysis by B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publications.
4. Power System Analysis and Design by J.Duncan Glover, M.S.Sarma, T.J.Overbye
– Cengage Learning publications.
Web Links:
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ee16/
****

MICRO PROCESSOR AND MICRO CONTROLLERS
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on fundamental concepts of microprocessors and
Micro controllers.
COB 2 : To familiarize the students with architecture of 8086 microprocessor and
assembling language programming.
COB 3 : To learn the design aspects of I/O and Memory Interfacing circuits.
COB 4 : To make the students to understand the 8051 Microcontroller concepts,
architecture and application of Microcontrollers.
COB 5 : To enable the students to do any type of embedded systems, industrial and real
time applications.
Course Outcomes:
CO 6 : Analyze the generalized concepts of microprocessors.
CO 7 : Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various addressing modes
and instructions.
CO 8 : Explain the basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a
microprocessor.
CO 9 : Develop the internal architecture of microcontroller systems, including
counters, timers, ports, and memory.
CO 10 : Explain the circuits for various applications using microcontrollers.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K4) 3 3 - - 2 1 - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) - 1 - - 2 1 3 - - - - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO 5(K5) 2 1 3 - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 1(K4) 1 - -
CO 2(K2) - - -
CO 3(K2) - - -
CO 4(K3) 2 - -
CO 5(K5) 3 - -

UNIT I:
Introduction to microprocessor architecture:
Introduction and evolution of Microprocessors, Architecture of 8086,Register
Organization of 8086,Memory organization of 8086,General bus operation of
8086,Introduction to 80286,80386 and 80486 and Pentium.
UNIT II:
Minimum and maximum mode operations:
Instruction set, Addressing modes, assembler directives, Minimum and Maximum mode
operations of 8086, 8086 Control signal interfacing, Read and write cycle timing diagrams.
UNIT III:
8086 interfacing:
Semiconductor memories interfacing (RAM,ROM), Intel 8259 programmable interrupt
controller, Intel 8237a DMA controller, Intel 8255 programmable peripheral interface,
Intel 8279 programmable keyboard/display controller, keyboard interfacing, stepper motor,
A/D and D/A converters.
UNIT IV:
Introduction to 8051 micro controller:
Overview of 8051 Micro Controller, Architecture, Register set, I/O ports and Memory
Organization, Interrupts, Timers and Counters, Serial Communication.
PIC architecture:
Block diagram of basic PIC 18 micro controller, registers I/O ports.
UNIT V:
Cyber physical systems and industrial applications of 8051:
Applications of Micro Controllers, Interfacing 8051 to LED’s, Push button, Relay’s and
Latch Connections, Keyboard Interfacing, Interfacing Seven Segment Display, ADC and
DAC Interfacing.
Text books:
1. Advanced Micro Processors and Interfacing, K.M. Bhurchandi, A.K. Ray, Tata
McGraw Hill, 3rdEdition, 2012.
2. Microprocessors and Interfacing, Douglas V Hall, McGraw Hill, 2ndEdition, 2005.
3. The 8051 Micro Controller Architecture, Programming and Applications, Kenneth
J Ayala, Thomson Publishers, 3rdEdition, 2004.
References Books:
1. PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Rolind
D.Mckinlay, Danny causey, Pearson Publisher, 3rd Edition, 2008.
2. Microcontrollers Theory and Applications, Ajay V. Deshmukh, Tata McGraw Hill,
2005.
3. Microcontrollers Principles and Applications, Ajit Pal, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd,
2011.

Web Links:
1. www.nptel.ac.in/.../IISc.../Microprocessors%20and%20Microcontrollers/.../M1L3.
pdf
2. https://www.coursehero.com/file/22270579/Minimum-and-Maximum-Modes/
3. https://edutechlearners.com/download/MP/8255%20&%20IO%20Interfacing.pdf

DATA STRUCTURES
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the students learn the Concepts of Data Structures, complexities
and recursive Algorithms.
COB 2: To enable the students to analyze the various searching and sorting
techniques.
COB 3: To provide knowledge on stack and queue.
COB 4: To impart knowledge on list and its applications.
COB 5: To explain the importance of trees.
COB6: To outline the graph data structures.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate time and space complexities of an algorithm.

CO 2: Develop recursive and non-recursive approaches to design an algorithm.
CO 3: Apply various searching and sorting techniques to solve computing
problems.
CO 4: Make use of linear data structures to solve real time problems.
CO 5: Outline a tree and its operations.
CO 6: Explain various tree traversals.
CO 7: Demonstrate various graph traversing techniques and spanning trees.
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 3 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
(K2)
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 1 3 - 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO6 (K2) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO7 (K3) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO/PSO PSO1(K5) PSO2 (K5) PSO3 (K3)
CO1 (K2) 3 3 2
CO2 (K3) 1 1 3
CO3 (K3) 1 1 3
CO4 (K3) - 1 -
CO5 (K2) 3 3 2
CO6 (K2) 3 3 3
CO7 (K3) - - 3

UNIT -I
INTRODUCTION:
Basic Concepts: Pseudo code, Algorithm analysis, Time and Space Complexties,
Recursion.
Introduction to Data Structures –Basic Terminology, Classification and Operations on
Data Structures, Asymptotic notations.
Searching: Linear search, Binary search.
Sorting Bubble Sort, Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Merge Sort, Quick Sort, Heap Sort,
Comparison of Sorting Algorithms.
UNIT -II
STACKS AND QUEUES:
Stacks: Introduction, Array representation of stacks, Operations and implementation,
Applications of stacks.
Queues: Introduction, Array representation of Queue, Types of Queues: Circular and
Deques, Operations and implementation, Applications of Queues.
UNIT-III
LINKED LISTS: Introduction, Singly linked list, Circular linked list, Doubly linked list,
Linked Representation of Stacks and Queues, Applications of linked lists.
UNIT-IV
TREES: Introduction, Types of Trees, Traversing a Binary Tree (In-Order, Pre-Order,
Post-Order), Applications of Trees.
Binary Search Trees: Definition, Operations: Searching, insertion, deletion.
UNIT-V
GRAPHS: Introduction, Graph Terminology, Directed Graph, Bi-Connected Components,
Representation of Graphs, Graph traversal Algorithms, Shortest Path Algorithms
,application of Graphs.
Text Books:
1. Data Structures Using C, Reema Thareja, Oxford University Press
2. Data Structures, Richard F, Gilberg, Forouzan, 2/E, Cengage Learning
Reference Books:
1. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis In C, 2nd Ed, Mark Allen Weiss.
2. Data Structures and Algorithms, 2008, G. A.V.Pai, TMH.
Web Links:
2. http://www.udacity.com/
3. http://www.courseera.com/
4. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures/
5. http://www.studytonight.com/data-structures/

COMPUTER ARCHITECHTURE
(Professional Elective-II)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: Is to acquaint engineers with the basic principles of organization,
operation and performance of modern-day computer systems.
COB 2: demonstrate an understanding of micro architecture concepts and features
employed by contemporary microprocessors, such as pipelining,
COB 3: To infer the Memory management and Mapping.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Understand basic structure of computer
CO 2: Interpret different types of instructions.
CO 3: Differentiate micro-programmed and hard-wired control units.
CO 4: design basic and intermediate RISC pipelines, including the instruction
set, data paths
CO 5: design principles in instruction set design including RISC architectures
CO 6: Represent data in fixed and floating point formats.
CO 7: demonstrate the use of pipeline and vector processing
CO 8: Examine how the data transfer takes place.
CO 9: Understand the major components of a computer including CPU, memory,
I/O and storage.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO3(K4) 3 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4(K6) 3 - 3 - - - 3 - - - - -
CO5(K6) 3 - 3 - - - 3 - - - - -
CO6(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO7(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO8(K4) 3 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO9(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -


CO1 (K2) - - 2
CO2 (K2) 3 3 -
CO3 (K4) - 3 3
CO4 (K6) 3 3 3
CO5 (K6) 3 3 3
CO6 (K2) 3 3 2
CO7 (K2) - 3 2
CO8 (K4) 3 3 3
CO9 (K2) - - 2
UNIT-I
BASIC STRUCTURE OF COMPUTERS
Computer types, functional units, basic operational concepts, bus structures, software,
performance, Instruction codes, computer registers, computer instructions, instruction cycle,
memory-reference instructions, input-output and interrupt.
UNIT -II
MICROPROGRAMMED CONTROL AND CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
Control memory, address sequencing, micro program example, and design of control unit. Central
processing unit – general register organization, stack organization, instruction formats, data
transfer and manipulation, program control, Reduced instruction set computer (RISC).
UNIT-III
COMPUTER ARITHMETIC, PIPELINE AND VECTOR PROCESSING
Computer arithmetic – addition and subtraction, multiplication algorithms, division algorithms,
floating point arithmetic operations decimal arithmetic unit, decimal arithmetic operations.
Pipeline and vector processing – Parallel processing, pipelining, arithmetic pipeline, instruction
pipeline, vector processing, array processors.
UNIT-IV
INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION
Input output organization: peripheral devices, input output interface, asynchronous data transfer,
modes of transfer, priority interrupt, direct memory access, input output interface, serial
communication.
UNIT-V
MEMORY ORGANIZATION
Memory organization – memory hierarchy, main memory, auxiliary memory, associative memory,
cache memory, virtual memory, memory management hardware.
Text Books:
1. Computer system architecture, Morris Mano, 3rd edition, Pearson education 2007.
2. Computer Ogranization, Carl Hamacher 5th edition, Mc GrawHill.(UNIT-1).

Reference Books:
1. Computer Architecture, Behrooz Parhami, Oxford University Press, 2005.
2. Computer systems design and architecture, Vincent P.Heuring and Harry F. Jordan,
Pearson Education Asia Publications, 2004.
3. Computer Organization and architecture, William Stallings, 7th edition Pearson
Education 2011.
Web Links:
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/computer_organization/index.asp
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/computer-organization-and-architecture-tutorials/
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Computer_architecture

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

VI Semester
L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To educate the students to understand different factors of Distribution system

COB 2: To impart the concept and design the substations and distribution systems.
COB 3: To impart the concepts of voltage drop and power loss
COB 4: To make the students to study distribution system protection and its
coordination
COB 5: To familiarize the students about the effect of compensation for power factor
improvement
COB 6: To help the students study the effect of voltage control on distribution system
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify various factors of distribution system

CO 2: Design the substation and feeders
CO 3: Determine the voltage drop and power loss
CO 4: Make out the protection and its coordination
CO 5: Recognize the effect of compensation for p.f improvement
CO 6: know the effect of voltage control
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3 ) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2 ) 2 - 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K5 ) 3 - 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K1 ) - - -
CO2 (K3) 1 1 -
CO3 (K3 ) 1 1 -
CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 -
CO5 (K2 ) - - -
CO6 (K5 ) 3 - -

UNIT-I:
Introduction:
Features of Distribution systems, Load modeling and characteristics – Coincidence factor–
Contribution factor, loss factor, load factor – Relationship between the load factor and loss
factor –Classification of loads (Residential, commercial, Agricultural and Industrial).
UNIT-II:
Substations:
Location of substations: Rating of distribution substation – Service area with‘n’primary
feeders – Benefits and methods of optimal location of substations.
Distribution Feeders:
Design Considerations of distribution feeders: Radial and loop types of primary feeders –
Voltage levels – Feeder loading – Basic design practice of the secondary distribution
system
UNIT-III:
System Analysis:
Voltage drop and power–loss calculations: Derivation for voltage drop and power loss in
lines – Uniformly distributed loads and non-uniformly distributed loads – Numerical
problems - Three phase balanced primary lines.
UNIT-IV:
Protection:
Objectives of distribution system protection – Types of common faults and procedure for
fault calculations for distribution system – Protective devices: Principle of operation of
fuses– Circuit reclosures – Line sectionalizer and circuit breakers.
Coordination:
Coordination of protective devices: General coordination procedure –Various types of
coordinated operation of protective devices - Residual Current Circuit Breaker
UNIT-V
Compensation for Power Factor Improvement:
Capacitive compensation for power factor control – Different types of power capacitors –
shunt and series capacitors – Effect of shunt capacitors (Fixed and switched) – Power
factor correction – Capacitor allocation – Economic justification – Procedure to determine
the best capacitor location – Numerical problems.
Voltage Control:
Voltage Control: Equipment for voltage control – Effect of series capacitors – Effect of
Automatic Voltage Booster (AVB), Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) – Line drop
compensation – Numerical problems.

Text Books:
1. “Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering” – by TuranGonen, McGraw–hill
Book Company. 3rd edition.
2. Electric Power Distribution-by A. S. Pabla, Tata McGraw-Hill PublishingCompany,
4th edition, 1997.
Reference Books:
1. Electrical Distribution Systems by Dale R.Patrick and Stephen W.Fardo,CRC
press.
2. Electrical Power Distribution Systems by V.Kamaraju, Right Publishers.
3. Control and Automation of Electrical Power Distribution Systems By James
Northcote-Green, Robert G. Wilson
Web Links:
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/108105067/
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/108102047/
3. nptel.ac.in/Clarify_doubts.php?subjectId=108106025
****

DISTRIBUTED GENERATION & MICROGRID

VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To illustrate the concept of distributed generation.

COB 2: To analyze the impact of grid integration
COB 3: To study concept of Micro grid and its configuration.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Review the conventional power generation.

CO 2: Analyze the concept of distributed generation and installation.
CO 3: Design the grid integration system with conventional and non- conventional energy sources.
CO 4: Design the dc and ac micro grid.
CO 5: Analyze power quality issues and control operation of micro grid.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K6 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K6 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K4) 2 2 3
CO3 (K6 ) 3 3 3
CO4 (K6 ) 3 3 3
CO5 (K4 ) 2 2 3
UNIT I:
PLACEMENT OF DGs
Need for Distributed generation, renewable sources in distributed generation, current scenario in
Distributed Generation, and Planning of DGs – Siting and sizing of DGs – optimal placement of DG
sources in distribution systems.

UNIT II:
GRID INTEGRATION OF DGs
Grid integration of DGs – Different types of interfaces - Inverter based DGs and rotating
machine based interfaces - Aggregation of multiple DG units. Energy storage elements:
Batteries, ultra-capacitors, flywheels.
UNIT III:
IMPACT OF DGS ON STABILITY
Technical impacts of DGs – Transmission systems, Distribution systems, De-regulation –
Impact of DGs upon protective relaying – Impact of DGs upon transient and dynamic
stability of existing distribution systems.
UNIT IV:
ECONOMIC AND CONTROL ASPECTS OF DGs
Economic and control aspects of DGs –Market facts, issues and challenges - Limitations of
DGs. Voltage control techniques, Reactive power control, Harmonics, Power quality
issues. Reliability of DG based systems – Steady-state and Dynamic analysis.
UNIT V:
MICROGRIDs
Introduction to micro grids – Types of micro grids – autonomous and non-autonomous
grids – Sizing of micro grids- modeling & analysis- Micro grids with multiple DGs –
Micro grids with power electronic interfacing units. Transients in micro grids - Protection
of micro grids – Case studies.
Text Books:
1. H. Lee Willis, Walter G. Scott,’ Distributed Power Generation – Planning and
Evaluation’, Marcel Decker Press, 2000.
2. M.Godoy Simoes, Felix A. Farret, ’Renewable Energy Systems – Design and Analysis
with Induction Generators’, CRC press.
Reference Books:
1. Distributed Generation Systems, Gevork B. Gharehpetian S. Mohammad Mousavi
Agah, 1st Edition, Elsevier.
2. Microgrids and Active Distribution Networks (Energy Engineering) by S chowdary, S
P Chowdary, P. Crossley, IET publications.
Web Links:
3. http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1428910296.pdf
****

ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS

(Professional Elective-III)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: Review of the state space representation of a control system: Formulation of

different models from the signal flow graph, diagonalization.
COB 2: To introduce the concept of controllability and observability. Design by pole
placement technique.
COB 3: Analysis of a nonlinear system using Describing function approach and Phase
plane analysis.
COB 4: The Lypanov’s method of stability analysis of a system.
COB 5: Formulation of Euler Laugrange equation for the optimization of typical
functional and solutions.
COB 6: Formulation of linear quadratic optimal regulator (LQR) problem by
parameter adjustment and solving riccatti equation.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: State space representation of control system and formulation of different state

models are reviewed.
CO 2: Able to design of control system using the pole placement technique is given
after introducing the concept of controllability and observability.
CO 3: Able to analyse of nonlinear system using the describing function technique
and phase plane analysis.
CO 4: Able to analysethe stability analysis using lypnov method.
CO 5: Minimization of 170 unctional using calculus of variation studied.
CO 6: Able to formulate and solve the LQR problem and riccatti equation.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 1
CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO4 (K1 ) 1 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 3
CO5 (K4 ) 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K3) 1 1 3
CO3 (K2 ) - 3 2
CO4 (K1 ) - - 1
CO5 (K4) 2 1 2
CO6(K3) 1 1 2
UNIT – I:
State space analysis
State Space Representation – Solution of state equation – State transition matrix, –
Canonical forms – Controllable canonical form – Observable canonical form, Jordan
Canonical Form.
UNIT – II:
Controllability, observability and design of pole placement
Tests for controllability and observability for continuous time systems – Time varying case
–Minimum energy control – Time invariant case – Principle of duality – Controllability
and observability form Jordan canonical form and other canonical forms – Effect of state
feedback on controllability and observability – Design of state feedback control through
pole placement.
UNIT – III:
Describing function analysis
Introduction to nonlinear systems, Types of nonlinearities, describing functions,
Introduction to phase–plane analysis
UNIT–IV:
Stability analysis
Stability in the sense of Lyapunov – Lyapunov’s stability and Lypanov’s instability
theorems – Direct method of Lyapunov for the linear and nonlinear continuous time
autonomous systems.
UNIT–V:
Calculus of variations
Minimization of functional of single function – Constrained minimization – Minimum
principle – Control variable inequality constraints – Control and state variable in equality
constraints – Euler lagrangine equation.

Text Books:
1. Modern Control Engineering – by K. Ogata, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edition, 1998
2. Automatic Control Systems by B.C. Kuo, Prentice Hall Publication
Reference Books:
1. Modern Control System Theory – by M. Gopal, New Age International Publishers, 2nd
edition, 1996.
2. Control Systems Engineering by I.J. Nagarath and M.Gopal, New AgeInternational (P)
Ltd.
3. Digital Control and State Variable Methods – by M. Gopal, Tata McGraw–Hill
Companies, 1997.
4. Systems and Control by Stainslaw H. Zak, Oxford Press, 2003.
5. Optimal control theory: an Introduction by Donald E.Kirk by Dover publications.
Web Links:
3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/advanced-control-system-design_27.html

PROGAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS & APPLICATIONS

L T P C
VI Semester
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart knowledge on basics of PLC.

COB 2: To acquire the knowledge on programming of PLC
COB 3: To interpret different Timers and counters and their description
COB 4: To acquire knowledge on data handling functions of PLC.
COB 5: To analyze how to handle applications of PLC
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Interpret the PLCs and their I/O modules.

CO 2: Develop control algorithms to PLC using ladder logic.
CO 3: interpret PLC Timers and counters
CO 4: Know the data handling functions of PLC
CO 5: Analyze the applications of PLC
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K1 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K3) 1 1 -
CO3 (K2 ) - 3 -
CO4 (K1 ) - - -
CO5 (K4) 2 1 2
UNIT-I:
INTRODUCTION TO PLC BASICS:
PLC system, I/O modules and interfacing, CPU processor, programming equipment,
programming formats, construction of PLC ladder diagrams, devices connected to I/O
modules.

UN1T-II
PLC PROGRAMMING
Input instructions, outputs, operational procedures, programming examples using contacts
and coils. Digital logic gates, programming in the Boolean algebra system, conversion
examples. Ladder diagrams and sequence listings, ladder diagram construction.
UNIT-III
PROGRAMMABLE TIMERS AND COUNTERS
Timer instructions – On delay time instruction – Off delay timer instruction – Retentive
timer – Counter instructions – Up counter – Down counter - Cascading counters -
Incremental encoder – Counter applications – Combining counter and timer functions.
UNIT-IV
PROGRAM CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS
Master control reset instruction – Jump instructions and sub routines – Immediate input
and output instructions. Data manipulation – Data transfer operation – Data compare
instruction – Data manipulation programs – Numerical data I/O interfaces – Math
instructions – Addition, subtraction, multiplication & division instruction – Sequential
instructions – Sequence programs.
UNIT-V
APPLICATIONS
Control of water level indicator – Alarm monitor - Conveyor motor control – Parking
garage – Ladder diagram for process control – PID controller.
Text Books:
1. Programmable logic controllers by Frank D.Petruzella- McGraw Hill – 3rd Edition.
2. Programmable Logic Controllers – Principle and Applications by John W. Webb
and Ronald A. Reiss, Fifth Edition, PHI.
Reference Books:
1. Programmable Logic Controllers – Programming Method and Applications by JR.
Hackworth and F.D Hackworth Jr. – Pearson, 2004.
2. Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers- Gary Dunning-Cengage
Learning.
3. Programmable Logic Controllers –W.Bolton-Elsevier publisher.
Web Links:
1. https://www.engineersgarage.com/articles/plc-programmable-logic-controller
2. https://www.allaboutcircuits.com › Textbook › Vol. IV - Digital › Ladder Logic
3. www.plcdev.com › Tutorial › Introduction to Programmable Controllers

INSTRUMENTATION
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To study various types of signals and their representation.
COB 2: To study various types of transducers: Electrical, Mechanical,
Electromechanical, Optical etc.
COB 3: To study and measure the various types of Non–electrical quantities.
COB 4: To study various types of digital voltmeters and the working principles of
various types of oscilloscopes and their applications.
COB 5: To study various types of signal analyzers.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Able to represent various types of signals
CO 2: Acquire proper knowledge to use various types of Transducers.
CO 3: Able to monitor and measure various parameters such as strain, velocity, temperature,
pressure etc.
CO 4: Acquire proper knowledge and working principle of various types of digital Voltmeters
and able to measure various parameter like phase and frequency of a signal with the
help of CRO.
CO 5: Acquire proper knowledge and able to handle various types of signal analyzers.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) 2 1 -
CO2 (K2) 3 3 3
CO3 (K2) 3 3 3
CO4 (K3) 3 3 2
CO5 (K4) 3 3 2

UNIT–I:
Signals and their representation
Measuring Systems, Performance Characteristics, – Static characteristics – Dynamic
characteristics – Errors in Measurement – Gross Errors – Systematic Errors – Statistical
analysis of random errors – Signal and their representation – Standard test, periodic,
aperiodic, modulated signal – Sampled data pulse modulation and pulse code modulation.
UNIT–II:
Transducers
Definition of transducers – Classification of transducers – Advantages of Electrical
transducers – Characteristics and choice of transducers – Principle operation of resistor,
inductor, LVDT and capacitor transducers – LVDT Applications – Strain gauge and its
principle of operation – Guage factor – Thermistors – Thermocouples – Synchros – Piezo
electric transducers – Photo diodes.
UNIT–III:
Measurement of Non–Electrical Quantities
Measurement of strain – Gauge Sensitivity – Displacement – Velocity – Angular Velocity
– Acceleration – Force – Torque – Measurement of Temperature, Pressure, Vacuum, Flow,
Liquid level.
UNIT–IV:
Digital Voltmeters & Oscilloscope
Digital voltmeters – Successive approximation, ramp, dual–Slope integration continuous
balance type – Microprocessor based ramp type – DVM - Cathode ray oscilloscope – Time
base generator – Horizontal and vertical amplifiers – Measurement of phase and frequency
– Lissajous patterns.
UNIT–V:
Signal Analyzers
Wave Analyzers – Frequency selective analyzers – Heterodyne – Application of Wave
analyzers – Harmonic Analyzers – Total Harmonic distortion – Spectrum analyzers –
Basic spectrum analyzers – Spectral displays – Vector impedance meter – Q meter – Peak
reading and RMS voltmeters - digital frequency meter – Digital phase angle meter- Analog
and digital type data logger.
Text Books:
1. Electronic Instrumentation–by H.S.Kalsi Tata MCGraw–Hill Edition, 1995.
2. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation,
A.K.Sawhney, Dhanpatrai & Co.

Reference Books:
1. Measurement and Instrumentation theory and application, Alan S.Morris and Reza
Langari, Elsevier.
2. Measurements Systems, Applications and Design – by D O Doeblin.
3. Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation – by A.S Morris, Pearson/ Prentice
Hall of India.
4. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement techniques – by A.D
Helfrick and W.D.Cooper, Pearson/Prentice Hall of India.
5. Transducers and Instrumentation by D.V.S Murthy, Prentice Hall of India.
Web Links:
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103037/39
****

OOPS THROUGH JAVA

VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To introduce object oriented concepts.
COB 2: To provide knowledge on classes, inheritance, interfaces and packages.
COB 3: To make the students, understand exception handling and multithreading.
COB 4: To impart knowledge on Input /Output concepts and Applets.
COB 5: To enable the students develop standalone applications using AWT.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Describe the basic concepts and building blocks of java.

CO 2: Solve complex problems using the concepts of class, inheritance, interface
and packages.
CO 3: Test for runtime exceptions arise in java applications.
CO 4: Make use of threads to create multithreaded java applications.
CO 5: Summarize different types of Streams in java.
CO 6: Apply java applets to standalone applications.
CO 7: Develop GUI applications using event handlers, adapter classes, AWT.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) - 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K2) - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 6(K2) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO 7(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) - - -
CO2 (K3) - - -
CO3 (K3) - - 3
CO4 (K3) - - 3
CO5 (K2) - - -
CO6 (K2) - - 3
CO7 (K3) 1 - -

UNIT-I
The History and Evolution of Java: The Creation of Java, Java’s Magic: The Byte Code,
The Java Buzzwords. The Evolution of Java.
An Overview of Java: Object-Oriented Programming, A First Simple Program. Lexical
Issues: Identifiers, Literals, Comments.
Data Types, Variable and Arrays: The Primitive Types, Variables, Type Conversion and
Casting, Arrays.
Operators: Arithmetic Operators, Bitwise Operators, Relational Operators, Boolean
Logical Operators, Assignment Operators, The? Operator.
UNIT -II
Introducing Classes: Class Fundamentals, Declaring Objects, Assigning Object
Reference Variables, Introducing Methods, Constructors, The This Keyword, Garbage
Collection.
Inheritance: Inheritance Basics, Using Super, Creating Multi-Level Hierarchy, Method
Overriding, Dynamic Method Dispatch, Using Abstract Classes, Using Final with
Inheritance.
Packages and Interfaces:
Packages: Packages: Finding Packages and Finding Packages and CLASS PATH, A Short
Package Example, Access Protection, Importing Packages.
Interfaces: Interfaces: Defining an Interface, Implementing Interfaces, Nested Interfaces.
UNIT-III
Exception Handling: Exception Handling Fundamentals, Exception Types, Using try and
catch, Multiple Catch Clauses, Nested try Statements, Java’s Built-In Exceptions.
Multithreaded Programming: Java Thread Model, The Main Thread, Creating a Thread,
Creating Multiple Threads, Using isAlive() And join(),Thread Priorities, Synchronization,
Inter thread Communication, Suspending, Resuming and Stopping Threads, Using
Multithreading.
UNIT-IV
Input / Output: The Java I/O Classes and Interfaces, Reading Console Inputs, Writing
Console Output- Printwriter Class, Reading and Writing Files.
Applet Class:
Applet Basics, Applet Architecture, Applet Skelton, Simple Applet Display Methods.
UNIT-V
Event Handling: The Delegation Model, Sources of Event, Event Listener Interfaces,
Adapter Classes, Inner Classes.
AWT: AWT Classes, Containers and components, Layout managers.
Text Books:
1. The Complete Reference Java, Herbert Schildt, Eighth Edition, TMH, 2011.
2. Introduction to java programming, by Y Daniel Liang, Seventh Edition, Pearson,
2017.

Reference Books:
1. Programming in JAVA, Sachin Malhotra, Saurabh Choudary, Oxford, 2013.
2. Thinking in Java – Bruce Eckel, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.
3. Beginning Programming with Java for Dummies, Barry Burd, John Wiley & Sons
Inc., 2014.
4. Java one step ahead, Anita seth, B.L.Juneja, First Edition, Oxford, 2017.
Web Links:
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/object-oriented-programming
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/java/
4. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java
5. http://www.w3schools.com/java

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS-IV
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students to utilize the emerging trends in learning.
COB 2 : To equip the students with critical analytical, conceptual and other skills.
COB 3 : To enable students to work in different professions-teaching, software,
research, administration, etc.
COB 4 : To provide skills fit for job and fit for life and make them experts in their
respective area of study.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Find profit and loss, simple and compound interest for different models.
CO 2 : Identify leadership and make use of group dynamic skills.
CO 3 : Calculate solutions for time and work, time and distance and data
interpretation.
CO 4 : Define and focus on Interview skills.

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - 1 1 2 1 - - - 3
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 - 3 - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 2 - - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3
CO 4(K1) 1 1 - - - 1 2 - - - - -

CO 1(K1) - - -
CO 2(K2) 1 - 2
CO 3(K3) 1 - 3
CO 4(K1) - - -

UNIT-I:
Aptitude: Profit And Loss
Soft Skills: Group discussion -2, Importance-Definition-Objective-Types-Skills
Developed-Myths- Do's And Don’ts-Parameters of Evaluation- Process.
UNIT-II:
Aptitude: Simple Interest and Compound Interest.
Soft Skills: Speech- Debate -JAM -Importance -Do’s & Don’ts.
UNIT-III:
Aptitude: Time and Work, Pipes and Cisterns.
Soft Skills: Voice and Accent, Voice modulation, Phonetic training-Neutral Accent
Practice.
UNIT-IV:
Aptitude: Time and Distance, Trains, Boats and Streams.
Soft Skills: Leadership & Social Influence, flexibility, Group Dynamics.
UNIT-V:
Aptitude: Data Interpretation.
Soft Skills: Interview Skills-2, Mock Interviews, Evaluation-Feedback.
Text Books:
1. Quantitative Aptitude - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.
2. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.
Reference Books
1. Quantitative Aptitude - Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.
2. Quantitative Aptitude –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.
Web Links
1. www.indiabix.com
2. www.bankersadda.com

DATA STRUCTURES LAB

VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart knowledge on linear and non-linear data structures.

COB 2: To familiarize with different sorting and searching techniques.
COB 3: To implement operations and applications of stacks and queues.
COB 4: To demonstrate operations of linked lists.
COB 5: To provide knowledge on trees and its operations.
COB 6: To illustrate concept of graphs, graph traversals, spanning trees.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, a student will be able to
CO 1: Develop programs using recursive functions.

CO 2: Illustrate stacks and queues using arrays and linked lists.
CO 3: Develop programs for searching and sorting algorithms.
CO 4: Illustrate programs on concepts of trees.
CO 5: Design an algorithm for graph traversals.
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
-
CO4 (K2) 3 1 - 3 2 - - - - - -
CO5 (K1) 1 -- - 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO / PSO PSO1 (K5) PSO2 (K5) PSO3 (K3)

CO1 (K3) 3 3 2
CO2 (K2) 3 3 -
CO3 (K3) - - 3
CO4 (K2) 3 3 -
CO5 (K1) 1 - 3

List of Experiments:
1. a) Develop a program that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform
Linear search for a Key value in a given list.
b) Develop a program that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform
Binary search for a Key value in a given list.
2. Develop a program to implement Bubble sort, Quick sort to sort a given list of integers in
ascending order.
3. Develop a program to implement Merge sort.
4. Develop a program to implement stack operations using arrays.
5. Develop a program to implement Queue operations using arrays
6. Develop a program that uses Stack operations to Conversion of infix expression into
Post fix expression.
7. Develop a Cprogram that Create singly linked list and its operations.
8. Develop a program that implement stack operations, Queue operations using Linked List.
9. Develop a program to implement doubly linked list.
10. Develop a recursive and non-recursive program to traverse a binary tree in preorder,
In order and post order.
List of Augmented Experiments:
(Any 2 of the following experiments can be performed)
1) Develop a program to create a Binary Search Tree of integers, insert, delete and search
integers into Binary search tree.
2) a) Develop a program to implement Breadth First Search graph traversal.
b) Develop a program to implement Depth First Search graph traversal.
3) Develop a program to simplify an algebraic string of characters having '+', '-' operators
and parenthesis. You need to print the simplified equation without the parenthesis.
Example: Input: a-(b+c)
Output: a-b-c
4) Develop a program to find out the minimum element in a binary search tree.
5) Given a graph G, develop a program to find whether it contains cycle or not.
Input: The first line contains two integers, N and E, denoting the number of nodes and
edges of G respectively.
The next E lines contain integers a and b, denoting the source and destination of an edge.
Output: In a single line, output "cyclic" if the graph contains cycle else "acyclic".
Example: Input: 4 4 0 1 0 2 2 0 3 2
Output: cyclic
6) Develop a program to implement Tower of Hanoi Problem.
Reference Books:
1. Data Structures And Algorithm Analysis In C, 2nd Ed, Mark Allen Weiss.
2. Data Structures And Algorithms, 2008, G. A.V.Pai, TMH.
3. Data Structures With C,Seymour Lipsehutz, TMH.

Web Links:
2 http://www.udacity.com/
3. http://www.courseera.com/
4. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures/
5. http://www.studytonight.com/data-structures/
****

POWER ELECTRONICS LAB
L T P C
VI Semester
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To study the characteristics of various power electronic devices and analyze firing
circuits and commutation circuits of SCR.
COB 2: To analyze the performance of single–phase and three–phase full–wave bridge
converters with both resistive and inductive loads.
COB 3: To understand the operation of AC voltage regulator with resistive and inductive
loads.
COB 4: To understand the working of Buck converter, Boost converter and inverters.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Able to study the characteristics of various power electronic devices and analyze gate
drive circuits of IGBT.
CO 2: Able to analyze the performance of single–phase and three–phase full–wave bridge
converters with both resistive and inductive loads.
CO 3: Able to understand the operation of single phase AC voltage regulator with resistive
and inductive loads.
CO 4: Able to understand the working of Buck converter, Boost converter, single–phase
square wave inverter and PWM inverter.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 -
CO2 (K2) 3 3 3
CO3 (K2 ) 3 3 3
CO4 (K3 ) 3 3 2

1. Study of Characteristics of Thyristor, MOSFET & IGBT.

2. Design and development of a firing circuit for Thyristor.
3. Design and development of gate drive circuits for IGBT.
4. Single -Phase half controlled converter with R and RL load
5. Single -Phase fully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads
6. Single -Phase AC Voltage Regulator with R and RL Loads
7. Single -Phase square wave bridge inverter with R and RL Loads
8. Three- Phase fully controlled converter with RL–load.
9. Design and verification of voltages gain of Boost converter in Continuous
Conduction Mode (CCM) and Discontinuous Conduction Mode (DCM).
10. Design and verification of voltages ripple in buck converter in CCM operation.

1. Single -phase PWM inverter with sine triangle PWM technique.

2. 12. 3- Phase AC-AC voltage regulator with R-load.
3. Simulation of Buck, Boost and Buck-Boost converter.
4. Simulation of SPWM controlled Three-phase voltage source inverter.
5. Simulation of 3 phase half and full wave converter with R, RL, RLE and RE loads.
plot the waveforms for Voltage across and current through the switch.
6. Closed Loop simulation- Buck/Boost DC-DC converter.
Reference Books:
1. M.H.Rashid: Power Electronics-Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd Edition,
PHI, 2005.
2. Ned Mohan, T.M.Undeland and William P.Robbins: Power Electronics: Converters
and Applications, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.
Web Links:
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/characteristics-of-thyristor/
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/dual-converter
3. http://jntuk-coeerd.in/
****

UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
VII Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To help the students acquire the knowledge onoperating principles and
characteristics of traction motors.
COB 2: To give the students with the knowledge ondifferent types of heating and
welding techniques.
COB 3: To make the students to understand the basic principles of illumination and its
measurement.
COB 4: To give the students with the knowledge ondifferent types of lightning system
including design.
COB 5: To make the students to understand the basic principle of electric traction
including speed–time curves of different traction services.
COB 6: To make the students to understand the method of calculation of various
traction system for braking, acceleration and other related parameters,
including demand side management of energy.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify a suitable motor for electric drives and industrial applications

CO 2: Identify most appropriate heating or welding techniques for suitable
applications.
CO 3: Determine the illumination levels produced by different illuminating sources
CO 4: Apply the most efficient illuminating sources and should be able to design
different lighting systems by taking inputs and constraints in view.
CO 5: Determine the speed-time characteristics of different types of traction motors
& Estimate energy consumption levels at various modes of operation.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3
CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3
CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 3
UNIT – I:
Introduction
Choice of motor, type of electric drives, starting and running characteristics–Speed
control–Temperature rise–Applications of electric drives–Types of industrial loads–
continuous–Intermittent and variable loads–Load equalization.
UNIT -II:
Electric Heating
Advantages and methods of electric heating–Resistance heating induction heating and
dielectric heating – Arc furnaces – Direct and indirect arc furnaces
Electric Welding
Electric welding–Resistance and arc welding–Electric welding equipment–Comparison
between AC and DC Welding.
UNIT-III:
Illumination fundamentals
Introduction, terms used in illumination–Laws of illumination–Polar curves–Integrating
sphere–Lux meter–Discharge lamps, MV and SV lamps – Lumen or flux method of
calculation - Sources of light.
Various Illumination Methods
Comparison between tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes–Basic principles of
light control– Types and design of lighting and flood lighting–LED lighting, principle of
operation, street lighting and domestic lighting – Conservation of energy.
UNIT – IV:
Electric Traction – I
System of electric traction and track electrification– Review of existing electric traction
systems in India– Special features of traction motor– Mechanics of train movement–
Speed–time curves for different services – Trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed time
curves-High speed transportation trains.
UNIT – V:
Electric Traction – II
Calculations of tractive effort– power –Specific energy consumption for given run–Effect
of varying acceleration and braking retardation–Adhesive weight and braking, retardation
adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion–Principles of energy efficient motors-Modern
traction motors.

Text Books:
3. Utilization of Electric Energy – by E. Openshaw Taylor, Orient Longman.
4. Art & Science of Utilization of electrical Energy – by Partab, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.
Reference Books:
1. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of electrical Energy – by C.L. Wadhwa,
New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 1997.
2. Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction – by J.B Gupta, S.K. Kataria&
Sons, 2013.
Web Links:
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses
****

LINEAR AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS
Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To educate the students to understand the basic operation & performance
parameters of differential amplifiers.
COB 2 : To enable the students to understand & learn the measuring techniques of
performance parameters of an OPAMP.
COB 3 : To make the students to learn the linear and non-linear applications of
operational amplifiers.
COB 4 : To enable the students to understand the analysis & design of different types of
active filters using op amps
COB 5 : To facilitate the students to understand the concepts of DAC, ADC and active
filters using op amps.
COB 6 : To enable the students to learn the internal structure, operation and applications
of different analog ICs
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Demonstrate the basic concepts of operational amplifiers.

CO 2 : Explain about Op-Amp parameters & Measurement.
CO 3 : List the linear and non-linear applications of op-amp
CO 4 : Construct Active filters using Op-amp.
CO 5 : Compare different types of D-A & A-D Converters
CO 6 : Illustrate the applications of different analog ICs.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO 3(K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 3 - - - - - -
CO 5(K5) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO 6(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - - - - -


CO 1(K2) - - -
CO 2(K2) - - -
CO 3(K4) 2 - 3
CO 4(K3) 1 - 3
CO 5(K5) 3 - -
CO 6(K2) - - -
UNIT I:
Integrated circuits:
Differential Amplifier- DC and AC analysis of Dual input Balanced output Configuration,
Properties of other differential amplifier configuration (Dual Input Unbalanced Output,
Single Ended Input – Balanced/ Unbalanced Output), DC Coupling and Cascade
Differential Amplifier Stages, Level translator.
UNIT II:
Characteristics of op-amps:
Integrated circuits-Types, Classification, Package Types and Temperature ranges, Power
supplies, Op-amp Block Diagram, ideal and practical Op-amp Specifications, DC and AC
characteristics, 741 op-amp & its features, Op-Amp parameters & Measurement, Input &
Out put Off set voltages & currents, slew rate, CMRR, PSRR, drift, Frequency
Compensation techniques.
UNIT–III:
Linear and non-linear applications of op-amps:
Inverting and Non inverting amplifier, Integrator and differentiator, Difference amplifier,
Instrumentation amplifier, AC amplifier, V to I, I to V converters, Buffers. Non- Linear
function generation, Comparators, Multi vibrators, Triangular and Square wave generators,
Log and Anti log Amplifiers, Precision rectifiers.
UNIT IV:
Active filters:
Design & Analysis of Butterworth active filters – 1st order, 2nd order LPF, HPF filters.
Band pass, Band reject and all pass filters.
Digital to analog and analog to digital converters:

Introduction, basic DAC techniques, weighted resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC, inverted
R-2R DAC, and IC 1408 DAC, Different types of ADCs – parallel Comparator type ADC,
counter type ADC, successive approximation ADC and dual slope ADC.DAC and ADC
Specifications, Specifications AD 574 (12 bit ADC).

UNIT V:
Timers & phase locked loops:
Introduction to 555 timer, functional diagram, Monostable and Astable operations and
applications, Schmitt Trigger; PLL - introduction, block schematic, principles and
description of individual blocks, 565 PLL, Applications of PLL – frequency
multiplication, frequency translation, AM, FM & FSK demodulators. Applications of VCO
(566).
Text books:
1. Linear Integrated Circuits – D. Roy Choudhury, New Age International (p) Ltd, 2nd
Edition,2003.
2. Op-Amps & Linear ICs - Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, PHI, 1987.
3. Operational Amplifiers–C.G. Clayton, Butterworth & Company Publ.
Ltd./Elsevier, 1971
Reference books:
1. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits –Sanjay Sharma, SK Kataria
&Sons, 2nd Edition, 2010.
2. Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits – Sergio Franco,
McGraw Hill, 1988.
3. OP AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits concepts and Applications, James M
Fiore, Cenage Learning India Ltd.
4. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits–R.F.Coughlin & Fredrick
Driscoll, PHI, 6th Edition.
Web Links:
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-01sc-
introduction-to-electrical-engineering-and-computer-science-i-spring-2011/unit-3-
circuits/op-amps/
3. http://www.creativeworld9.com/2011/02/learn-linear-ic-applications-through.html

POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL
L T P C
VII Semester
Course Code: 171EE7T20
3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To understand optimal dispatch of generation with and without losses.
COB 2: To study the optimal scheduling of hydro thermal systems.
COB 3: To study the optimal unit commitment problem.
COB 4: To study the load frequency control for single area system with and without
controllers
COB 5: To study the load frequency control for two area system with and without
controllers
COB 6: To understand the reactive power control and compensation of transmission lines.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Able to compute optimal scheduling of Generators.
CO 2: Able to understand hydrothermal scheduling.
CO 3: Understand the unit commitment problem.
CO 4: Able to understand importance of the frequency.
CO 5: Understand importance of PID controllers in single area and two area systems.
CO 6: Will understand reactive power control and compensation for transmission line.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO6(K4 ) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K2) - - 2
CO3 (K2 ) - - 2
CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 3
CO5 (K4 ) 2 2 3
CO6 (K4 ) 2 2 3

UNIT–I:
Economic Operation of Power Systems
Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal power stations, – Heat rate curve – Cost
Curve –Incremental fuel and Production costs – Input–output characteristics – Optimum
generation allocation with line losses neglected – Optimum generation allocation including
the effect of transmission line losses – Loss Coefficients – General transmission line loss
formula.
UNIT–II:
Hydrothermal Scheduling
Optimal scheduling of Hydrothermal System: Hydroelectric power plant models –
Scheduling problems – Short term hydrothermal scheduling, Long term hydrothermal
scheduling problem.
UNIT–III:
Unit Commitment
Optimal unit commitment problem – Need for unit commitment – Constraints in unit
commitment – Cost function formulation – Solution methods – Priority ordering –
Dynamic programming.
UNIT–IV:
Load Frequency Control
Modeling of steam turbine – Generator – Mathematical modeling of speed governing
system– Transfer function –Definitions of Control area – Single area control system –
Block diagram representation of an isolated power system – Steady state analysis –
Dynamic response – Uncontrolled case. Proportional plus Integral control of single area
and its block diagram representation – Steady state response. Block diagram development
of Load Frequency Control of two area system uncontrolled case and controlled case. Tie-
line bias control. Load Frequency Control and Economic dispatch control.
UNIT–V:
Reactive Power Control
Overview of Reactive Power control – Reactive Power compensation in transmission
systems – Advantages and disadvantages of different types of compensating equipment for
transmission systems – Load compensation – Specifications of load compensator –
Uncompensated and compensated transmission lines: Shunt and series compensation –
Need for FACTS controllers.

Text Books:
1. Electric Energy systems Theory – by O. I. Elgerd, Tata McGraw–hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 2nd edition.
2. Modern Power System Analysis – by I. J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2nd edition.
Reference Books:
1. Power System Analysis and Design by J. Duncan Glover and M. S. Sarma,
Thompson, 3rdEdition.
2. Power System Analysis by Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Power System Analysis by Hadi Saadat – TMH Edition.
4. Power System stability & control, Prabha Kundur, TMH
Web Links:
2. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108101040/
****

SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION
Course Code: 171EE7T21
3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students studythe principles of arc interruption for application
to high voltage circuit breakers of air, oil, vacuum, SF6 gas type.
COB 2: To facilitate the students to understand the working principle and operation of
different types of electromagnetic protective relays
COB 3: To acquaint with the Students knowledge of faults and protective schemes for
high power generator and transformers.
COB 4: To understand Improves the ability to understand various types of protective
schemes used for feeders and bus bar protection.
COB 5: Able to understand different types of static relays and their applications..
COB 6: Able to understand different types of over voltages and protective schemes
required for insulation co–ordination.
.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Apply the Knowledge of arc interruption for application to high voltage

circuit breakers of air, oil, vacuum, SF6 gas type
CO 2: Know the working principle and operation of different types of
electromagnetic protective relays
CO 3: Notify with protective schemes for high power generator and transformers.
CO 4: Apply the knowledge Improves the ability to understand various types of
protective schemes used for feeders and bus bar protection.
CO 5: Recognize different types of static relays and their applications
CO 6: Identify the different types of over voltages and protective schemes required
for insulation co–ordination..
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO6(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3 ) 1 1 3
CO2 (K2) - - 2
CO3 (K2 ) - - 2
CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 3
CO5 (K2 ) - - 2
CO6 (K2 ) - - 2
UNIT-I
Circuit Breakers
Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) – Elementary principles of arc interruption– Restriking
Voltage and Recovery voltages– Restriking phenomenon –Rate of Rise of Restriking
Voltage (RRRV)- Current chopping and Resistance switching– Introduction to oil circuit
breakers–
Description and operation of Air Blast– Vacuum and SF6 circuit breakers– CB ratings and
specifications– Concept of Auto reclosing.
UN1T-II
Electromagnetic Protection
Relay connection – Balanced beam type attracted armature relay - induction disc and
induction cup relays–Torque equation - Relays classification–Instantaneous– DMT and
IDMT types– Applications of relays: Over current and under voltage relays– Direction
alrelays– Differential relays and percentage differential relays– Universal torque equation–
Distance relays: Impedance– Reactance– Mho and offset mho relays– Characteristics of
distance relays and comparison.
UNIT-III
Generator Protection
Protection of generators against stator faults– Rotor faults and abnormal conditions–
restricted earth fault and inter turn fault protection– Numerical examples.
Transformer Protection
Protection of transformers: Percentage differential protection– Design of CT’s ratio–
Buchholz relay protection–Numerical examples.
Feeder and Bus bar Protection
Protection of lines: Over current Protection schemes – PSM, TMS - Numerical examples -
Carrier current and three zone distance relay using impedance relays–Protection of bus
bars by using Differential protection
UNIT-IV
Static and Digital Relays
Static relays: Static relay components– Static over current relays– Static distance relay–
Microprocessor based digital relays

UNIT-V
Protection against over voltage and grounding
Generation of over voltages in power systems– Protection against lightning over voltages–
Valve type and zinc oxide lighting arresters– Insulation coordination– BIL– impulse ratio–
Standard impulse test wave– volt-time characteristics– Grounded and ungrounded neutral
systems–Effects of ungrounded neutral on system performance– Methods of neutral
grounding: Solid–resistance–Reactance–Arcing grounds and grounding Practices.
Text Books:
1. Power System Protection and Switchgear by Badri Ram and D. N Viswakarma,
TMH Publications.
2. Power system protection- Static Relays with microprocessor applications.byT. S.
MadhavaRao, TMH.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Power System Protection by Paithankar andS.R.Bhide., PHI,
2003.
2. Art & Science of Protective Relaying – by C R Mason, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
3. Protection and SwitchGear by BhaveshBhalja, R.P. Maheshwari, NileshG.
Chothani, Oxford University Press, 2013.
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108101039/
2. http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/
3. https://www.elsevier.com/books/
****

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Professional Elective-IV)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the fundamental knowledge of objective function and constraint
functions in terms of design variables.
COB 2 : To enable the students to understand varies kinds of linear and nonlinear,
single and multiple variable, unconstrained and constrained optimization
problems using standard optimization algorithms.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge of evolutionary programming techniques.
COB 4 : To make the students understand basic principles of Genetic Algorithms
and Partial Swarm Optimization
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain of basic concept of Optimization Techniques
CO 2 : Solve the single variable and multi variables by classical optimization
techniques
CO 3 : Calculate the linear program by simplex and duality.
CO 4 : Solve the single variable and multivariable of constrained and
unconstrained optimization problems
CO 5 : Explain the evolutionary methods and swarm intelligence systems

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K2) 1 - 2
CO 2(K3) 1 - -
CO 3(K3) 1 - 1
CO 4(K3) 1 - -
CO 5(K2) 1 - -

UNIT- I
Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques:
Statement of an Optimization problem, design vector, design constraints, constraint
surface, objective function and objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization
problems.
UNIT- II
Classical Optimization Techniques:
Single variable Optimization, multi variable Optimization without constraints, necessary and
sufficient conditions for minimum/maximum, multivariable Optimization with equality constraints.
Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers, multivariable Optimization with inequality constraints
– Kuhn – Tucker conditions.
UNIT- III
Linear Programming:
Standard form of a linear programming problem, geometry of linear programming problems,
definitions and theorems, solution of a system of linear simultaneous equations, pivotal reduction
of a general system of equations, motivation to the simplex method, simplex algorithm, Duality in
Linear Programming and Dual Simplex method.
UNIT- IV
Nonlinear Programming:
Unconstrained cases One-dimensional minimization methods: Classification, Fibonacci
method and Quadratic interpolation method, Univariate method, Powell’s method and
steepest descent method.
Constrained cases
Characteristics of a constrained problem, Classification, Basic approach of Penalty
Function method, Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods.
Introduction to convex Programming Problem.
UNIT- V
Introduction to Evolutionary Methods:
Evolutionary programming methods Introduction to Genetic Algorithms (GA), Control
parameters, Number of generation, population size, selection, reproduction, crossover and
mutation. Operator selection criteria, Simple mapping of objective function to fitness
function and constraints, Genetic algorithm steps, Stopping criteria and Simple examples.
Introduction to Swarm Intelligence Systems: Swarm intelligence programming
methods. Basic Partial Swarm Optimization Method, Characteristic features of PSO
procedure of the global version, Parameters of PSO (Simple PSO algorithm, Operators
selection criteria and Fitness function constraints). Comparison with other evolutionary
techniques and Engineering applications of PSO.
Text Books:
1. Engineering optimization: Theory and practice / S. S.Rao, New Age International (P)
Limited, 3rd edition, 1998.Power Plant Engineering /P.C.Sharma / S.K.Kataria Pub.
2. Soft Computing with Matlab Programming by N.P.Padhy & S.P.Simson, Oxford
University Press – 2015.

Reference Books:
1. Optimization methods in operations Research and Systems Analysis” by K.V.Mitaland
C.Mohan, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 3rd edition, 1996.2. Power
station Engineering – ElWakil / McGrawHill.
2. Genetic Algorithms in search, optimization, and Machine Learning by David
E.Goldberg, ISBN: 978-81-7758-829-3, Pearson by Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.
3. Operations Research: An Introduction by H.A.Taha, PHI pvt. Ltd., 6th edition.
4. Linear Programming by G.Hadley.
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105108127/pdf/Module_1/M1L4slides.pdf
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105108127/pdf/Module_3/M3L3_LN.pdf
3. http://web.tecnico.ulisboa.pt/mcasquilho/compute/com/,Fibonacci/pdfHXu_ch1.pdf
4. https://www.iitg.ac.in/rkbc/CE602/CE602/Genetic%20Algorithms.pdf
5. http://www.iitg.ac.in/rkbc/CE602/CE602/Particle%20Swarm%20Algorithms.pdf

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Code : 171EE7E12 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge about continuous and discrete time signals.
COB 2 : To test the different systems based on their properties and calculate the
frequency response.
COB 3 : To compute DFT using Fast Fourier Transforms.
COB 4 : To study various types of IIR filter structures.
COB 5 : To determine and implement the appropriate type of design method for
FIR filters.
COB 6 : To outline the concepts of decimation, interpolation, power spectrum
estimation.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Analyze Discrete Time Signals and Systems.

CO 2 : Determine the frequency response of different systems using DTFT.
CO 3 : Translate the DFT approach into algorithm approach FFT.
CO 4 : Design IIR & FIR filters using different techniques.
CO 5 : Analyze multi rate DSP systems.
PO1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11 PO12

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K4) 3 - 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K5) - 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K2) - 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K6) - - 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K4) 3 - 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO / PSO PSO 1(K5) PSO 2 (K5) PSO 3 (K3)

CO 1(K4) 1 -
CO 2(K5) 3 - -
CO 3(K2) - - 1
CO 4(K6) 1 - -
CO 5(K4) 1 - -

UNIT I:
Introduction:
Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Discrete time signals & sequences, Linear shift
invariant systems, Stability and causality, Linear constant coefficient difference equations.
UNIT II:
Discrete Fourier Series:
Properties of discrete Fourier series, DFS representation of periodic sequences, Discrete
Fourier transforms: Properties of DFT, linear convolution of sequences using DFT,
Computation of DFT. Relation between Z–transform and DFS.
UNIT III:
Fast Fourier Transforms:
Frequency domain representation of discrete time signals and systems, Fast Fourier
transforms (FFT), Radix–2 decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT
Algorithms, Inverse FFT and FFT for composite N.
UNIT IV:
Realization of Digital Filters:
Solution of difference equations of digital filters, Block diagram representation of linear
constant, Coefficient difference equations, Basic structures of IIR systems, Transposed
forms, Basic structures of FIR systems, System function.
IIR Digital Filters:

Analog filter approximations – Butter worth and Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital filters
from analog filters, Design Examples: Analog, Digital transformations.
FIR Digital Filters:

Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, Frequency response, Design of FIR Digital Filters
using Window Techniques, Frequency Sampling technique, Comparison of IIR & FIR
filters.
UNIT V:
Multirate Digital Signal Processing:
Decimation, Interpolation, Down sampling, Up sampling rate, Conversion, Implementation
of sampling rate conversion.
Text Books:
1. Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications:
JohnG.Proakis, Dimitris G.Manolakis, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2007.
2. Discrete Time Signal Processing: A.V.Oppenheim and R.W. Schaffer,PHI, 3 rd
Edition, 2014.

Reference Books:
1. Digital Signal Processing, Andreas Antoniou, TATA McGraw Hill, 1st Edition,
2006.
2. Digital Signal Processing, P. Ramesh Babu, SciTech Publications, 4th Edition,
2007.
3. Digital Signal Processing, Tarun Kumar Rawat, Oxford University Press, 1st
Edition, 2015.
4. Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, P.P.Vaidyanathan, Pearson, 1st Edition.
Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_signal_processing
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_signal_processing/index.htm
3. http:// nptel.ac.in/courses/117101055/30

SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES

Course Code: 171EE7E13
3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To assist the students to know the theory of operation and control of switched
reluctance motor.
COB 2: To enable the student to understand the performance and control of stepper
motors, and their applications.
COB 3: To facilitate the students to know the operation and characteristics of
permanent magnet dc motor.
COB 4: To distinguish between brush dc motor and brush less dc motor.
COB 5: To help the students acquire the theory of travelling magnetic field and
applications of linear motors.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Distinguish between brush dc motor and brush less dc motor.

CO 2: Explain the performance and control of stepper motors, and their applications.
CO 3: Describe theory of operation and control of switched reluctance motor.
CO 4: Explicate the theory of travelling magnetic field and applications of linear motors.
CO 5: Know the significance of electrical motors for traction drives.

CO/PO (K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4 ) 3 3 2 - - - 1 - 1 - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - 2 3
CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - 2 3
CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 2
CO5 (K1) 1 - - - 1 - 3 - - - 1 3

CO1 (K4 ) 2 2 -
CO2 (K2) - - 2
CO3 (K2 ) - - 2
CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 -
CO5 (K1) - - -

UNIT-I
Permanent magnet materials and PMDC motors
Introduction-classification of permanent magnet materials used in electrical machines-
minor hysteresis loop and recoil line-Stator frames of conventional dc machines-
Development of electronically commutated dc motor from conventional dc motor-
Permanent-magnet materials and characteristics-B-H loop and demagnetization
characteristics-Temperature effects: reversible and irreversible losses-high temperature
effects-reversible losses- Irreversible losses recoverable by magnetization-Mechanical
properties, handling and magnetization-Application of permanent magnets in motors-
power density-operating temperature range-severity of operation duty.
UN1T-II
Stepper Motors:
Classification of stepper motors – Hybrid and Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) -
Construction and principle of hybrid type synchronous stepper motor – Different
configuration for switching the phase windings control circuits for stepper motors – Open
loop and closed loop control of 2-phase hybrid stepping motor. Construction and principle
of operation of Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) – Single stack and multiple stack –
Open loop control of 3- phase VR Stepper Motor- Applications.
UNIT-III
Switched Reluctance Motors:
Construction – Comparison of conventional and switched reluctance motors – Design of
stator and rotor pole arcs – Torque producing principle and torque expression – Different
converter configurations for SRM – Drive and power circuits for SRM – Position sensing
of rotor – Applications of SRM.
UNIT-IV
Square Wave Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motor:
Types of constructions – Surface mounted and interior type permanent magnet – Principle
of operation of BLDC motor. Torque and EMF equations – Torque speed characteristics –
Performance and efficiency- Square wave brushless motors with 1200 and 1800 magnetic
areas commutation.
UNIT-V
Sine wave Permanent Magnet Brushless Motor
Torque and EMF equations – Phasor Diagram – Circle diagram – Torque/speed
characteristics – Comparison between square wave and sine wave permanent magnet
motors - Applications.

Induction Motors (LIM)

Construction– principle of operation–Double sided LIM from rotating type Induction
Motor – Schematic of LIM drive for traction – Development of one sided LIM with back
iron- equivalent circuit of LIM.
Text Books:
1. Brushless Permanent magnet and reluctance motor drives, Clarenden press, T.J.E.
Miller, 1989, Oxford.
2. Special electrical Machines, K.Venkata Ratnam, University press, 2009, New
Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Special electrical machines, E.G. Janardhanan, PHI learning private limited, 2014.
2. Generalized theory of Electrical Machines – P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers.
3. Electrical Technology - Volume II - AC and DC Machines, B.L Thareja - A.K.
Theraja, S.Chand Publishers.
Web Links:
1. https://www.scribd.com/doc/207769552/Special-Electrical-Machines-PPT
****

HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING

(Professional Elective-V)
L T P C
VII Semester
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students study electric field distribution and computation in
different configuration of electrode systems.
COB 2: To facilitate the students know HV breakdown phenomena in gases, liquids and
solids dielectrics.
COB 3: To acquaint with the generating principle of operation and design of HVDC,
AC and Impulse voltages and currents.
COB 4: To understand various techniques of AC, DC and Impulse measurement of high
voltages and currents.
COB 5: To help the students acquire the insulating characteristics of dielectric materials.
COB 6: To assist the students to know the various testing techniques of HV equipments.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Aware with the performance of high voltages with regard to different

configurations of electrode systems.
CO 2: Know the theory of breakdown and withstand phenomena of all types of
dielectric materials.
CO 3: Notify with the techniques of generation of AC, DC and Impulse voltages.
CO 4: Apply knowledge for measurement of high voltage and high current AC, DC
and Impulse.
CO 5: Recognize measure dielectric property of material used for HV equipment.
CO 6: Identify the techniques of testing for various equipment’s used in HV
engineering.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 - - - -
CO2 (K2) - 1 - - - 2 3 2 - - - -
CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - 3 - -
CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 - - - 3 3 3 - -
CO5 (K4 ) - - 2 2 3 - 2 3 - - 3 1
CO6 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - 3 - 3 - 2 3 -

CO1 (K2 ) - - -
CO2 (K2) - - -
CO3 (K2 ) - - -
CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 -
CO5 (K4 ) 2 2 -
CO6 (K4 ) 2 2 -
UNIT-I
Introduction to High Voltage Technology:
Electric Field Stresses – Uniform and non–uniform field configuration of electrodes –
Estimation and control of electric Stress – Numerical methods for electric field
computation.
UN1T-II
Break down phenomenon in gaseous, liquid and solid insulation:
Gases as insulating media – Collision process – Ionization process – Townsend’s criteria
of breakdown in gases – Paschen’s law – Liquid as Insulator – Pure and commercial
liquids – Breakdown in pure and commercial liquid – Intrinsic breakdown –
Electromechanical breakdown – Thermal breakdown – Breakdown of solid dielectrics,
composite dielectrics used in practice.
UNIT-III
Generation of High voltages and High currents:
Generation of high DC voltages – Generation of high alternating voltages – Generation of
impulse voltages and currents – Tripping and control of impulse generators.
UNIT-IV
Measurement of high voltages and High currents:
Measurement of high AC, DC and Impulse voltages – Voltages and measurement of high
currents – Direct, alternating and Impulse.
UNIT-V
Non–destructive testing of material and electrical apparatus:
Measurement of DC resistivity – Measurement of dielectric constant and loss factor –
Partial discharge measurements.
High voltage testing of electrical apparatus:
Testing of insulators and bushings – Testing of isolators and circuit breakers – Testing of
cables – Testing of transformers – Testing of surge arresters – Radio interference
measurements.

Text Books:
1. High Voltage Engineering: Fundamentals by E.Kuffel, W.S.Zaengl, J.Kuffel by
Elsevier, 2nd Edition.
2. High Voltage Engineering by M.S.Naidu and V. Kamaraju — TMH Publications,
3rd Edition.
Reference Books:
1. High Voltage Engineering by C.L.Wadhwa, NewAge Internationals (P) Limited,
1997.
2. High Voltage Insulation Engineering by Ravindra Arora, Wolfgang Mosch, New
Age International (P) Limited, 1995.
3. High Voltage Engineering and Technology by Ryan, lET Publishers.
Web Links:
2. http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/download-center/books-and-
guides/electricity-generation-t-d/lecture-notes-hv-engineering
3. https://www.elsevier.com/books/high-voltage-engineering-fundamentals/kuffel/
978-0-7506-3634-6
****

ELECTRIC POWER QUALITY

L T P C
VII Semester
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To learn different types of power quality phenomena.

COB 2: To identify sources for voltage sag, voltage swell, interruptions, transients,
long duration over voltages and harmonics in a power system.
COB 3: To describe power quality terms and study power quality standards.
COB 4: To learn the principle of voltage regulation and power factor improvement
methods.
COB 5: To explain the relationship between distributed generation and power quality
COB 6: To understand the power quality monitoring concepts and the usage of
measuring instruments
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Differentiate between different types of power quality problems.

CO 2: Explain the sources of voltage sag, voltage swell, interruptions, transients, long
duration over voltages and harmonics in a power system.
CO 3: Analyze power quality terms and power quality standards.
CO 4: Explain the principle of voltage regulation and power factor improvement methods
CO 5: Demonstrate the relationship between distributed generation and power quality.
CO 6: Explain the power quality monitoring concepts and the usage of measuring
instruments..
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO6(K4 ) 3 - 2 - 2 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 -
CO2 (K2) 2 - -
CO3 (K2 ) 2 - -
CO4 (K3 ) 3 1 -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 -
CO6 (K4 ) 3 - 2

UNIT-I
Introduction:
Overview of power quality – Concern about the power quality – General classes of power
quality and voltage quality problems – Transients – Long–duration voltage variations –
Short–duration voltage variations – Voltage unbalance – Waveform distortion – Voltage
fluctuation – Power frequency variations.
UNIT-II
Voltage imperfections in power systems:
Power quality terms – Voltage sags – Voltage swells and interruptions – Sources of
voltage sag, swell and interruptions – Nonlinear loads – IEEE standard 519-2014 and IEC
standard 61000. Source of transient over voltages – Principles of over voltage protection –
Devices for over voltage protection –Utility capacitor switching transients
UNIT-III
Voltage Regulation and power factor improvement:
Principles of regulating the voltage – Device for voltage regulation – Utility voltage
regulator application – Capacitor for voltage regulation – End–user capacitor application–
Regulating utility voltage with distributed resources – Flicker – Power factor penalty –
Static VAR compensations for power factor improvement.
UNIT-IV
Harmonic distortion and solutions:
Voltage distortion vs. Current distortion – Harmonics vs. Transients – Harmonic indices –
Sources of harmonics – Effect of harmonic distortion – Impact of capacitors, transformers,
motors and meters – Point of common coupling – Passive and active filtering – Numerical
problems.
UNIT-V
Distributed Generation and Power Quality:
Resurgence of distributed generation – DG technologies – Interface to the utility system –
Power quality issues and operating conflicts – DG on low voltage distribution networks.
Monitoring and Instrumentation:
Power quality monitoring and considerations – Historical perspective of PQ measuring
instruments – PQ measurement equipment – Assessment of PQ measuring data –
Application of intelligent systems – PQ monitoring standards.
Text Books:
1. Electrical Power Systems Quality, Dugan R C, McGranaghan M F, Santoso S,
and Beaty H W, Second Edition, McGraw–Hill, 3rd edition, 2012,.
2. Electric power quality problems –M.H.J.Bollen IEEE series-Wiley India
publications, 2011.
3. Power Quality Primer, Kennedy B W, First Edition, McGraw–Hill, 2000.
Understanding Power Quality Problems: Voltage Sags and Interruptions, Bollen M
HJ, First Edition, IEEE Press; 2000

Reference Books:
1. Power System Harmonics, Arrillaga J and Watson N R, Second Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2003.
2. Electric Power Quality control Techniques, W. E. Kazibwe and M. H. Sendaula,
Van Nostrad Reinhold, New York.
3. Power Quality C.Shankaran, CRC Press, 2001
Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electric_power_quality
2. https://www.accessengineeringlibrary.com/browse/power-quality-in-electrical-
systems
3. www.p3-inc.com/images/what_is_power_quality.pdf
****

EXTRA HIGH VOLTAGE AC TRANSMISSION

Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students to calculate the transmission line parameters.

COB 2: To assist the students to analysis the several phenomena like electrostatic
field, charges, and voltage gradient and conductor configuration.
COB 3: To help the students acquire the knowledge of corona, RI and audible noise in
EHV and UHV lines.
COB 4: To assist the students to know the voltage control and compensation problems
in EHV and UHV transmission systems.
COB 5: To facilitate the students know SVC schemes and Harmonics injected into
network by TCR.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Calculate the transmission line parameters.

CO 2: Analysis the several phenomena like electrostatic field, charges, and voltage gradient
and conductor configuration.
CO 3: Determine the corona, RI and audible noise in EHV and UHV lines.
CO 4: Analyze voltage control and compensation problems in EHV and UHV transmission
systems.
CO 5: Know about SVC schemes and Harmonics injected into network by TCR.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3 ) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - - -
CO2 (K4) - - 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 3 -
CO3 (K5 ) - - - 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 - -
CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 - 3 - 2 - - - - -
CO5 (K2 ) 2 1 2 2 3 2 - - 2 -

CO1 (K3 ) - 1 -
CO2 (K4) 2 - -
CO3 (K5 ) - 3 -
CO4 (K4 ) 2 - -
CO5 (K2 ) - - 2

UNIT-I
Introduction of EHV AC transmission:
Extra High Voltage AC Transmission, line trends and preliminary aspects, standard
transmission Voltages – power handling capacities and line losses – mechanical aspects.
Calculation of line resistance and inductance: resistance of conductors, temperature rise of
conductor and current carrying capacity. Properties of bundled conductors and geometric
mean radius of bundle, inductance of two conductor lines and multi conductor lines,
Maxwell’s coefficient matrix. Line capacitance calculation. Capacitance of two conductor
line, and capacitance of multi conductor lines, potential coefficients for bundled conductor
lines, sequence inductances and capacitances and diagonalization.
UN1T-II
Effect of Electrostatic Field &Surface voltage Gradient:
Calculation of electro static field of AC lines - Effect of high electrostatic field on
biological organisms and human beings. Surface voltage Gradient on conductors, surface
gradient on two conductor bundle and cosine law, maximum surface voltage gradient of
bundle with more than 3 sub conductors, Mangolt formula.
UNIT-III
Corona Effect:
Corona in EHV lines – corona loss formulae – attenuation of traveling waves due to
corona – Audio noise due to corona, its generation, characteristics and limits, measurement
of audio noise.
Measurement of RI, RIV and excitation functions.
UNIT-IV
Power Frequency voltage control:
Problems at power frequency, generalized constants, No load voltage conditions and
charging currents, voltage control using synchronous condenser, cascade connection of
components : Shunt and series compensation, sub synchronous resonance in series –
capacitor compensated lines.
UNIT-V
Static reactive compensating systems:
Introduction, SVC schemes, Harmonics injected into network by TCR, design of filters for
suppressing harmonics injected into the system.
Text Books:
1. EHVAC Transmission Engineering by R DBegamudre, New Age International (P)
Ltd.
2. EHVAC and HVDC Transmission Engineering and Practice –S.Rao.
Reference Books:
1. Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering – Rakesh Das Begamudre,
Wiley Eastern ltd., New Delhi – 1987.
2. EHV Transmission line reference book – Edison Electric Institute (GEC) 1986.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses /108108033/
3. http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/5531939/?denied
****

POWER SYSTEMS SIMULATION LAB
Course Objectives:
COB 5 : To measure sequence impedances of Transformer & Alternator.
COB 6 : To measure A,B,C,D parameters of Short, Medium and Long Transmission
lines
COB 7 : To measure Active and Reactive power at various buses.
COB 8 : To understand the locus diagrams
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Determine sequence impedances of Transformer & Alternator.

CO 2: Apply and measure A,B,C,D parameters of Short, Medium and Long Transmission
lines
CO 3: Evaluate Active and Reactive power at various buses.
CO 4: Able to draw the locus diagrams

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K5) 3 - - 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K5) - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K4) 1 1 3
CO2 (K3) 1 1 3
CO3 (K5) 3 3 3
CO4 (K5) 3 3 3

List of experiments (Week 1-Week 10):
1. Sequence impedances of 3 phase Transformer.

2. Sequence impedances of 3 phase Alternator by Fault Analysis.
3. Sequence impedances of 3 phase Alternator by Direct method.
4. ABCD parameters of Transmission line.
5. Power Angle Characteristics of 3phase Alternator with infinite bus bars.
6. Calibration of Tong Tester.
7. Load flow studies using Gauss-Seidel method.
8. Load flow studies using N-R method.
9. Load frequency control without PI controller.
10. Load frequency control with PI controller.

(Any two of the following experiments can be performed).
1. Economic load dispatch without losses.

2. Economic load dispatch with losses.
3. Transient Stability Analysis.
4. Formation of Bus Admittance Matrices and Solution of Network.
5. Formation of Bus Impedance Matrices and Solution of Network.
6. Fast decoupled load flow analysis.
Reference Books:
1. Modern Power System Analysis by Nagrath Kothari, Mcgraw Higher Ed, 4th
Edition, 2011
2. Power System Operation and Control by S. Sivanagaraju, Pearson Education India,
2009.
3. Power system Analysis–by John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC
Companies, 4thedition.
4. Power System Analysis and Design by B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publishing.
Web Links:
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/performance-of-transmission-line/
3. https://gradeup.co/models-and-performance-of-transmission-lines-and-cables-i-
ebfce936-c584-11e5-baa5-76adddde8c47
4. http://www.crectirupati.com
***

MICRO PROCESSOR AND MICRO CONTROLLERS LAB
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To familiarize the students with assembly level programming.

COB 2 : To provide the knowledge about interfacing 8086 with peripherals.
COB 3 : To make the students to understand the microcontroller programming.
COB 4 : To impart the knowledge on the applications of microcontrollers.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Apply the fundamentals of assembly level programming of microprocessors.

Develop interfacing circuits with 8086.
CO 2 : Relate the assembly level programming of microprocessors with
microcontrollers.
CO 3 : Design interfacing circuits with 8051.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 2 - 1 - - 3 - - - - -
CO 2(K3) - 2 1 - 3 - 3 - - - - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO 1(K3) - - 3
CO 2(K3) 1 - 3
CO 3(K2) - - -
List of experiments (Week 1- Week 10):

(Minimum of ten experiments has to be performed)
1. Arithmetic operations on 8 bit & 16 Bit, Multi-byte addition/subtraction.
2. Sum of squares/cubes of a given n-numbers.
3. Addition of n-BCD numbers.
4. Factorial of given n-numbers.
5. Sorting.
6. Interfacing of 8086 using Software Interrupt Application.
7. Interfacing of D/A through Intel 8255.

8. Keyboard and Display Interface through Intel 8279.

9. Find number of 1’s and number of 0’s in a given 8-bit number Using 8051.
10. Addition of even numbers from a given array Using 8051.
11. Interfacing of 8051 using Switches and LEDs.
12. Interfacing of 8051 using Stepper Motor Interface.
Augmented Experiments:
(Minimum of two experiments has to be performed)
1. Interfacing of 8086 with Traffic Light Controller.
2. Generation of waveforms using Intel 8253/8254.
3. Ascending / Descending order of n-numbers using 8051.
4. Average of n-numbers using 8051.
Equipment Required:
3. 8086 Microprocessor kits
4. 8051 microcontroller kits
5. DAC module
6. Stepper motor module
7. Keyboard module
8. ROM/RAM Interface module
Equipment Required:
3. 8086 Microprocessor kits
4. 8051 microcontroller kits
5.6. DAC module
7. Stepper motor module
8. Keyboard module
9. 7-Segemt Units
10. ROM/RAM Interface module
Reference Books:
1. Advanced Micro Processors and Interfacing, Ray and Burchandi, TataMcGraw Hill.
2. Microprocessors and Interfacing, Douglas V Hall, McGraw Hill, 2ndEdition.
3. The 8051 Micro Controller Architecture, Programmingand Applications, Kenneth J
Ayala, Thomson Publishers, 2ndEdition.
*
Students shall opt any two of the Augmented Experiments in addition to the regular
experiments.
***

Web Links:
1. www.nptel.ac.in/.../IISc.../Microprocessors%20and%20Microcontrollers/.../M1L3.pd
f
2. https://www.coursehero.com/file/22270579/Minimum-and-Maximum-Modes/
3. https://edutechlearners.com/download/MP/8255%20&%20IO%20Interfacing.pdf
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/microprocessor/microcontrollers_overview.htm
****

HVDC TRANSMISSION
(Professional Elective-VI)
VIII Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students study basic concepts of HVDC Transmission.

COB 2: To facilitate the students know converter configuration.
COB 3: To assist the students to Know the control of converter and HVDC
Transmission.
COB 4: To help the students acquire the significance of reactive power control and
AC/DC load flow.
COB 5: To assist the students to know the different converter faults, protection and
effect of harmonics.
COB 6: To enable the students study low pass and high pass filters.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Learn different types of HVDC levels and basic concepts

CO 2: Know the operation of converters
CO 3: Imply the control of converter and HVDC Transmission.
CO 4: Acquire control concept of reactive power control and AC/DC load flow.
CO 5: be aware of converter faults, protection and harmonic effects
CO 6: Design low pass and high pass filters
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1 ) 1 - - - - 1 2 - - 2 - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 2
CO3 (K3 ) - - 1 1 3 3 3 3 - - 3 2
CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 - - - - 3 3 3 - -
CO5 (K2 ) - - - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 - -
CO6 (K5 ) 2 3 - - 2 2 - - 1 - - -

CO1 (K1 ) - - -
CO2 (K3) 1 1 -
CO3 (K3 ) - - -
CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 3
CO5 (K2 ) - - 2
CO6 (K5 ) 3 - 1

UNIT-I
Basic Concepts:
Economics & Terminal equipment of HVDC transmission systems: Types of HVDC Links
– Apparatus required for HVDC Systems – Comparison of AC &DC Transmission,
Application of DC Transmission System – Planning & Modern trends in D.C.
Transmission.
UN1T-II
Analysis of HVDC Converters:
Choice of converter configuration – analysis of Graetz – characteristics of 6 pulse & 12
pulse converters –Cases of two 3 phase converters in star –star mode – their performance.
Converter & HVDC System Control:
Principal of DC Link Control – Converters Control Characteristics – Firing angle control –
Current and extinction angle control – Effect of source inductance on the system – Starting
and stopping of DC link - Power Control.
UNIT-III
Reactive Power Control in HVDC:
Reactive Power Requirements in steady state-Conventional control strategies-Alternate
control strategies sources of reactive power-AC Filters – shunt capacitors-synchronous
condensers.
Power Flow Analysis in AC/DC Systems
Modeling of DC Links-DC Network-DC Converter-Controller Equations-Solution of DC
load flow –solution of AC-DC Power flow-Simultaneous method-Sequential method.
UNIT-IV
Converter Fault & Protection:
Converter faults – protection against over current and over voltage in converter station –
surge arresters –smoothing reactors – DC breakers –Audible noise-space charge field-
corona effects on DC lines-Radio interference.
UNIT-V
Harmonics & Filters:
Generation of Harmonics –Characteristics harmonics, calculation of AC Harmonics, Non-
Characteristics harmonics, adverse effects of harmonics – Calculation of voltage &
Current harmonics – Effect of Pulse number on harmonics. Types of AC filters, Design of
Single tuned filters –Design of High pass filters.
Text Books:
1. HVDC Power Transmission Systems: Technology and system Interactions – by K.
R. Padiyar, New Age International (P) Limited, and Publishers.
2. HVDC Transmission by S.Kamakshaiah and V. Kamaraju-Tata McGraw–Hill

Reference Books:
1. HVDC Transmission – J. Arrillaga.
2. Direct Current Transmission – by E. W. Kimbark, John Wiley & Sons.
3. Power Transmission by Direct Current – by E. Uhlmann, B. S. Publications.
Web Links:
2. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108104013/
****

FLEXIBLE AC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart the performance improvements of transmission system with

FACTS.
COB 2: To enable effective usage of statics hunt compensation.
COB 3: To enable effective usage of static series compensation.
COB 4: To enable effective usage of UPFC.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Analyze the performance improvement of transmission system with FACTS.

CO 2: Examine the effect of static series compensation.
CO 3: Examine the effect of UPFC.
CO 4: Determine an appropriate FACTS device for different types of applications.
CO 5: Analyze the properties of static stunt compensation
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) - - 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K4) - 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K4) - 3 - 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K5) 3 - - 3 - 3 - - - - - -
CO5 (K4) 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K4 ) 3 - 3
CO2 (K4) - 3 3
CO3 (K4 ) 3 3 -
CO4 (K5 ) 3 3 3
CO5 (K4 ) 3 - 3
UNIT–I:
Introduction to FACTS
Power flow in an AC System – Loading capability limits – Dynamic stability
considerations– Importance of controllable parameters – Basic types of FACTS controllers
– Benefits from FACTS controllers – Requirements and characteristics of high power
devices – Voltage and current rating – Losses and speed of switching – Parameter trade–
off devices.

UNIT–II:
Voltage source and Current source converters
Three phase full wave bridge converter- three phase current source converter-Comparison
of current source converter with voltage source converter.
Shunt Compensation:
Objectives of shunt compensation, Mid–point voltage regulation, voltage instability
prevention, Improvement of transient stability– Power oscillation damping.
UNIT- III
Shunt Compensators
Thyristor Switched Capacitor (TSC)–Thyristor Switched Capacitor –Thyristor Switched
Reactor (TSC–TCR). Static VAR compensator (SVC) and Static Compensator
(STATCOM): The regulation and slope transfer function and dynamic performance –
Transient stability enhancement and power oscillation damping– Operating point control
and summary of compensation control.
UNIT-IV
Series Compensators
Static series compensators: Concept of series capacitive compensation – Improvement of
transient stability – Power oscillation damping – Functional requirements. GTO thyristor
controlled Series Capacitor (GSC) – Thyristor Switched Series Capacitor (TSSC) and
Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC).
UNIT-V
Combined Controllers
Schematic and basic operating principles of Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC).–
Application on transmission lines.
Text Books:
1. Understanding FACTS Devices, N. G. Hingorani and L. Guygi, IEEE Press.
2. Flexible AC Transmission systems, Song. Y. HandJohns. A. T, IET Press.
Reference Books:
1. HVDC&FACTS Controllers: applications of static converters in power systems-
Vijay K. Sood-Springer publisher.
2. FACTS controllers in power transmission and distribution, K. R. Padiyar.
Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flexible_AC_transmission_system
2. https://www.elprocus.com/flexible-ac-transmission-system-need-definition-types/
3. http://www.gridtech.eu/events/12-technologies/21-facts-flexible-alternating-
current-transmission-system

POWER SYSTEM REFORMS

Course Objectives:
COB 1: To study fundamentals of power system deregulation and restructuring.

COB 2: To study available transfer capability.
COB 3: To study congestion management
COB 4: To study various electricity pricing methods.
COB 5 To study operation of power system in deregulated environment.
COB 6 To study importance of Ancillary services management.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Will understand importance of power system deregulation and restructuring.

CO 2: Able to compute Available Transfer Capability.
CO 3: Will understand transmission congestion management.
CO 4: Able to compute electricity pricing in deregulated environment.
CO 5: Will be able to understand power system operation in deregulated environment
and ancillary services.
PO PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11 PO12
CO/PO 1 (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
(K3)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3
CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3
CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 3

UNIT–I
Over view of key issues in electric utilities
Introduction – Restructuring models – Independent system operator (ISO) – Power
Exchange– Market operations – Market Power – Standard cost – Transmission Pricing –
Congestion Pricing – Management of Inter zonal/Intra zonal Congestion.
UNIT–II
Available Transfer Capability (ATC)
Structure of OASIS – Processing of Information – Transfer capability on OASIS –
Definitions Transfer Capability Issues – ATC – Total transfer capability between two
points(TTC) – transmission reliability margin(TRM) – Capacity Benefit Margin(CBM)
calculations –Methodologies to calculate ATC.
UNIT–III
Congestion Management
Introduction to congestion management – Methods to relieve congestion.
UNIT–IV
Electricity Pricing:
Introduction – Electricity price volatility electricity price indexes – Challenges to
electricity pricing – Construction of forward price curves – Short–time price forecasting.
UNIT–V
Power system operation in competitive environment:
Introduction – Operational planning activities of ISO – The role of ISO in pool and
bilateral markets – Operational planning activities of a GENCO.
Ancillary Services Management:
Introduction – Reactive power as an ancillary service – A review – Synchronous
generators as ancillary service providers.
Text Books:
1. Kankar Bhattacharya, Math. Bollen, Jaap E. Daalder, Operation of Restructured
Power System Kluver Academic Publisher – 2001.
2. Mohammad Shahidehpour, and Muwaffaq Alomoush, – “Restructured electrical
Power systems” Marcel Dekker, Inc. 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Loi Lei Lai; “Power system Restructuring and Deregulation”, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd., England.
2. Electrical Power Distribution Case studies from Distribution reform, upgrades and
Management (DRUM) Program, by USAID/India, TMH.
Web Links:
****

DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students study concepts of digital control systems and assemble
various components associated with it.
COB 2: To facilitate the students know theory of z–transformations and application
for the mathematical analysis of digital control systems.
COB 3: To assist the students to Know the discrete–time systems in state–space model
and evaluation of state transition matrix.
COB 4: To help the students acquire the significance stability of the system using
different tests.
COB 5: To assist the students to know conventional method of analyzing digital
control systems in the w–plane
COB 6: To enable the students design the state feedback control by “the pole
placement method.”
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Know the advantages of discrete time control systems

CO 2: Learn z–transformations and their role in the mathematical analysis of different
systems
CO 3: Apply the discrete–time systems in state–space model
CO 4: Analyze the significance stability of the system using different tests.
CO 5: know conventional method of analyzing digital control systems in the w–plane
CO 6: Design the state feedback control by “the pole placement method.”
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K1 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K5 ) 1 2 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K1 ) - - 1
CO2 (K1) - - -
CO3 (K3 ) 1 1 -
CO4 (K4 ) 2 2 -
CO5 (K1 ) - - 1
CO6(K5 ) - 3 1
UNIT-I
INTRODUCTION
Introduction to analog and digital control systems – Advantages of digital systems –
Typical examples – Signals and processing – Sample and hold devices – Sampling
theorem and data reconstruction – Frequency domain characteristics of zero order hold.
UN1T-II
Z–TRANSFORMATIONS
Z–Transforms – Theorems – Finding inverse z–transforms – Formulation of difference
equations and solving – Block diagram representation – Pulse transfer functions and
finding open loop and closed loop responses.
UNIT-III
STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
State space representation of discrete time systems – State transition matrix and methods
of evaluation – Discretization of continuous – Time state equations – Concepts of
controllability and observability – Tests(without proof).
UNIT-IV
STABILITY ANALYSIS
Mapping between the s–Plane and the z–Plane – Primary strips and Complementary strips
– Stability criterion – Modified Routh’s stability criterion and Jury’s stability test.
UNIT-V
DESIGN OF STATE FEEDBACK CONTROLLER
Design of state feedback controller through pole placement – Necessary and sufficient
conditions – Ackerman’s formula.

Text Books:
1. Discrete–Time Control systems – K. Ogata, Pearson Education/PHI, 2nd Edition.
2. Digital Control and State Variable Methods by M.Gopal, TMH, 4th Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Digital Control Systems, Kuo, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2003.
2. Digital Control Systems, Springer, Volume 1, 1989
Web Links:
1. https://www.inf.ethz.ch/personal/cellier/Lect/DC/Lect_dc_index.html
2. https://www.nptel.ac.in/downloads/108103008/

ENERGY AUDIT, CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective)
Course Code: 171EE8O01 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To understand energy efficiency, scope, conservation and technologies.

COB 2: To design energy efficient lighting systems.
COB 3: To estimate/calculate power factor of systems and propose suitable
compensation techniques.
COB 4: To understand energy conservation in HVAC systems.
COB 5: To calculate life cycle costing analysis and return on investment on energy
efficient technologies.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain energy efficiency, conservation and various technologies.

CO 2: Design energy efficient lighting systems.
CO 3: Calculate power factor of systems and propose suitable compensation techniques.
CO 4: Explain energy conservation in HVAC systems.
CO 5: Calculate life cycle costing analysis and return on investment on energy efficient
technologies.
CO/PO (K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3
CO2 (K2) - - - - 2 2 3 - - 3 - 3
CO3 (K2 ) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 (K3 ) - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 3 - 3 - - 1 - 3
CO1 (K2 ) - - -
CO2 (K2) - - -
CO3 (K2 ) - - -
CO4 (K3 ) - 1 -
CO5 (K4 ) - 2 -

UNIT-I
Basic Principles of Energy Audit and management:
Energy audit – Definitions – Concept – Types of audit – Energy index – Cost index –
Piecharts –Sankey diagrams – Load profiles – Energy conservation schemes and energy
saving potential – Numerical problems – Principles of energy management – Initiating,
planning, controlling, promoting, monitoring, reporting – Energy manager – Qualities and
functions –Language – Questionnaire – Check list for top management.
UN1T-II
Lighting:
Modification of existing systems – Replacement of existing systems – Priorities:
Definition of terms and units – Luminous efficiency – Polar curve – Calculation of
illumination level –Illumination of inclined surface to beam – Luminance or brightness –
Types of lamps –Types of lighting – Electric lighting fittings (luminaries) – Flood lighting
– White light LED and conducting Polymers – Energy conservation measures.
UNIT-III
Power Factor and energy instruments:
Power factor – Methods of improvement – Location of capacitors – Power factor with
nonlinear loads – Effect of harmonics on Power factor – Numerical problems. Energy
Instruments – Watt–hour meter – Data loggers – Thermocouples – Pyrometers – Lux
meters– Tong testers – Power analyzer.
UNIT-IV
Space Heating and Ventilation:
Ventilation – Air–Conditioning (HVAC) and Water Heating: Introduction – Heating of
buildings – Transfer of Heat–Space heating methods – Ventilation and air–conditioning –
Insulation–Cooling load – Electric water heating systems – Energy conservation methods.
UNIT-V
Economic Aspects and Financial Analysis:
Understanding energy cost - Economics Analysis – Depreciation Methods – Time value of
money – Rate of return – Present worth method – Replacement analysis – Life cycle
costing analysis – Energy efficient motors (basic concepts) – Economics of energy
efficient motor sand systems.
Computation of Economic Aspects:
Need of investment, appraisal and criteria - Calculation of simple payback period–Return
on investment – Net present value – Internal rate of return – numerical examples – Power
factor correction – Lighting – Applications of life cycle costing analysis.
Text Books:
1. Electric Energy Utilization and Conservation by S C Tripathy, Tata McGraw hill
publishing company Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Energy efficient electric motors by John.C. Andreas, Marcel Dekker Inc Ltd-2nd
Edition, 1995.

Reference Books:
1. Energy management by W.R. Murphy & G. Mckay Butter worth, Elsevier
publications, 2012.
2. Energy management by Paul o’ Callaghan, Mc–Graw Hill Book company–1st
edition, 1998.
3. Energy management hand book by W.C.Turner, John wiley and sons.
4. Energy management and conservation –k v Sharma and pvenkataseshaiah-I K
5. International Publishing House pvt.ltd, 2011.
6. Hand Book of Energy Audit by Sonal Desai- Tata McGraw hill.
Web Links:
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mm17/preview

VLSI DESIGN
(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students to learn the various fabrication steps of IC and MOS,
BiCMOS Fabrication processes
COB 2: To enable the students to use mathematical methods and basic electrical
properties of MOS Transistors in analysis of CMOS digital electronics
circuits.
COB 3: To make the students to apply MOS technology-specific stick and layout rules
in the placement and routing of transistors and interconnect, and to verify the
functionality, timing, power, and parasitic effects.
COB 4: To make students to familiar with the concepts of Scaling models, architectural
Issues
COB 5: To make the students to apply HDL concepts in the synthesis, simulation of
VLSI design.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Summarize the fundamental concepts of VLSI Design including both

fabrication process and basic design elements.
CO 2: Analyse the electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits
CO 3: Develop the stick and layout models of MOS circuits using design rules.
CO 4: Demonstrate the scaling factors determining the characteristics and
performance of MOS circuits in silicon
CO 5: Explain synthesis, simulation of VLSI design using VHDL

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO 2(K4) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 1 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO 4(K2) 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K2) 2 - 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO 1(K2) - 3 1
CO 2(K4) - 2 -
CO 3(K3) 1 1 3
CO 4(K2) 1 3 -
CO 5(K2) 2 3 1

UNIT I:
Introduction:
Introduction to IC technology, The IC era, MOS and related VLSI technology, Basic MOS
transistors Enhancement and depletion modes of transistor action, IC production process,
MOS and CMOS fabrication Process, BiCMOS technology, Comparison b/w CMOS and
bipolar technologies.
UNIT II:
Basic electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS circuits:
Ids–Vds relationships, Aspects of MOS transistor threshold voltage, MOS Trans
conductance and output conductance, MOS Transistor, Figure of merit, The pMOS
transistor, The nMOS inverter, Determination of pull–up to pull–down ratio for nMOS
inverter driven by another nMOS inverter for an nMOS inverter driven through one or
more pass Transistors, Alternative forms of pull up, The CMOS Inverter MOS transistor
Circuit model, Bi–CMOS Inverters.
UNIT III:
MOS and BiCOMS circuit design processes:
MOS layers, Stick diagrams, Design rules and layout, General observation on the design
rules, 2μm double metal, double poly, CMOS/BiCMOS rules, 1.2μm Double metal,
Double poly CMOS rules, Layout diagrams of NAND and NOR gates and CMOS inverter,
Symbolic Diagrams, Translation to Mask Form.
Basic circuit concepts:

Sheet resistance, Sheet resistance concept applied to MOS transistor and inverters, Area
capacitance of layers, Standard unit of capacitance, Some area capacitance calculations,
The delay unit, Inverter delays, Driving large capacitive loads, Propagations Delays,
Wiring Capacitance, Fan–in and Fan–out characteristics, Choice of layers, Transistor
switches, Realization of gates using nMOS, pMOS and CMOS technologies.
UNIT IV:
Scaling of MOS circuit:
Scaling models and scaling factors, Scaling factors for device parameters, Limitations of
scaling, Limits due to sub threshold currents, Limits on logic level and supply voltage due
to noise, Limits due to current density, Some architectural Issues, Introduction to switch
logic and gate logic.
UNIT V:
Digital design using HDL:
Digital system design process, VLSI Circuit Design Process, Hardware simulation
Hardware Synthesis, History of VHDL, VHDL requirements, Levels of abstraction
Elements of VHDL, Packages, Libraries and bindings, Objects and classes, Variable
assignments, Sequential statements, Usage of subprograms, Comparison of VHDL and
Verilog HDL.
VHDL Modeling:
Simulation, Logic Synthesis, Inside a logic synthesizer, Constraints, Technology libraries,
VHDL and logic synthesis, Functional gate, Level verification, Place and route, Post
layout timing simulation, Static timing, Major net list formats for design representation,
VHDL synthesis, Programming approach.

Text books:
1. Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems, Kamran Eshraghian, Douglas A.Pucknell,
Sholeh Eshraghian, Prentice–Hall of India Private Limited, 2005.
2. VLSI Design, K. Lal Kishore, V.S.V. Prabhakar, I.K. International Publishing House
Private Limited, 1st Edition, 2009.
3. VLSI Design, A.Shanthi, A.Kavitha, New Age International Private Limited, 1st
Edition, 2006.
References books:
1. VLSI Design, Debaprasad Das, Oxford University Press, 2010.
2. VLSI Design, A.Albert Raj, T. Latha, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2010.
Web Links:
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/vlsi-design.html
3. https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/vlsi-design/
4. https://cnx.org/exports/3089c18c-bb43-4e50-9d6a626f9753b374%408.2.pdf/digital
system-design-using-vhdl-8.2.pdf.
****

UNIX AND SHELL PROGRAMMING

(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To discuss with UNIX Operating System Architecture and File Structure
COB 2: To demonstrate the students UNIX file handling commands
COB 3: To impart the knowledge on various commands to control system

resources
COB 4: To illustrate the concepts of data management commands with Regular
Expressions
COB 5: To teach the basic concepts of Linux shell scripting and AWK scripting
COB 6: To make the students learn the concepts of file management and Process
Management
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Describe UNIX operating System and Command Structure.

CO 2: Make use of various commands in UNIX to control the resources like
disk, file, network etc.
CO 3: Develop Shell Script using Shell commands.

CO 4: Apply GREP and EGREP Commands with wild card and regular
expressions to perform Data Manipulation Tasks.
CO 5: Illustrate AWK execution, AWK Fields and Records creation, AWK
operations and AWK commands
CO 6: Apply System Calls for file management and Process Management tasks.
CO 7: Compare and Contrast Bourne Shell and C Shell
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
- - - - - - - - -
CO1 (K2) 2 2 2
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 1
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 1
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 1
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 2
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - 3 1
CO7 (K3) 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 -


CO1 (K2) - - 2
CO2 (K3) 1 1 3
CO3 (K3) 1 1 3
CO4 (K3) 1 1 3
CO5 (K2) - - 2
CO6 (K3) 1 1 3
CO7 (K3) 1 1 3
UNIT-I:
Introduction to Unix-Brief History-What is Unix-Unix Components-Using Unix-
Commands in Unix-Some Basic Commands-Command Substitution-Giving Multiple
Commands.
UNIT-II
The File system –The Basics of Files-What’s in a File-Directories and File Names-
Permissions-I Nodes-The Directory Hierarchy, File Attributes and Permissions-The File
Command knowing the File Type-The Chmod Command Changing File Permissions-The
Chown Command Changing the Owner of a File-The Chgrp Command Changing the
Group of a File.
UNIT-III
Using the Shell-Command Line Structure-Meta characters-Creating New Commands-
Command Arguments and Parameters-Program Output as Arguments-Shell Variables-
More on I/O Redirection-Looping in Shell Programs.
UNIT-IV
Filters-The Grep Family-Other Filters-The Stream Editor Sed-The AWK Pattern Scanning
and processing Language-Good Files and Good Filters.
The Process-The Meaning-Parent and Child Processes-Types of Processes-More about
Foreground and Background processes-Internal and External Commands-Process Creation.
UNIT-V
Shell Programming-Shell Variables-The Export Command-The Profile File a Script Run
during Starting-The First Shell Script-The read Command-Positional parameters-The $?
Variable knowing the exit Status-More about the Set Command-The Exit Command-
Branching Control Structures-Loop Control Structures-The Continue and Break
Statement- The Expr Command: Performing Integer Arithmetic-Real Arithmetic in Shell
Programs-The here Document(<<)-The Sleep Command-Debugging Scripts-The Script
Command-The Eval Command-The Exec Command.

Text Books:
1. Unix Shell Programming by M.G.Venkateshmurthy, Pearson.

2. The Unix programming Environment by Brain W. Kernighan & Rob Pike, Pearson.
Reference Books:
1. Unix and shell programming by B.M. Harwani, OXFORD university press.
2. Your Unix the ultimate guide, Sumitabha Das, TMH, 2nd Edition.
Web Links:
1. www.webreference.com › Programming
2. www.iu.hio.no/~mark/unix/unix.html
3. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/unix/
4. www.learnshell.com
5. https://www.informationvine.com
****

NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC

(Common to EEE & ME)
(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To make the students learn artificial neuron models.
COB 2 : To facilitate the students to study various learning methods of ANN.
COB 3 : To utilize different algorithms of ANN.
COB 4 : To enable students to distinguish between Classical and Fuzzy Sets.
COB 5 : To describe different modules of Fuzzy Controller.
COB 6 : To provide adequate knowledge of application of fuzzy logic control to real time
systems.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Demonstrate different models of artificial neuron.

CO 2 : Identify various learning methods of ANN.
CO 3 : Analyze the various feed forward neural networks and Hopfield Network
CO 4 : Compare and Contrast Classical and Fuzzy sets.
CO 5 : Utilize different modules of Fuzzy Logic Controller for rule base and decision
making Systems
CO 6 : Analyze the application of fuzzy logic control to real time systems
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3
CO3 (K4) 3 3 2 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3
CO4 (K2) 2 1 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3
CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO1 (K2) - - --
CO2 (K3) 1 1 --
CO3 (K4) 2 2 3
CO4 (K2) - - --
CO5 (K3) 1 1 3
CO6 (K4) 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Introduction to Neural Networks
Introduction, Humans and Computers, Organization of the Brain, Biological Neuron,
Biological and Artificial Neuron Models, Hodgkin-Huxley Neuron Model, Integrate-and-
Fire Neuron Model, Spiking Neuron Model, Characteristics of ANN, McCulloch-Pitts
Model, Historical Developments, Potential, Applications of ANN.
UNIT – II
Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks
Artificial Neuron Model, Operations of Artificial Neuron, Types of Neuron Activation
Function, ANN Architectures, Classification Taxonomy of ANN – Connectivity, Neural
Dynamics (Activation and Synaptic), Learning Strategy (Supervised, Unsupervised,
Reinforcement), Learning Rules, Types of Application.
UNIT – III
Multilayer feed forward Neural Networks
Credit Assignment Problem, Generalized Delta Rule, Derivation of Back propagation (BP)
Training, Summary of Back propagation Algorithm, Kolmogorov Theorem, Learning
Difficulties and Improvements, Radial Basis Function (RBF) Neural Network – Kohonen
Self Organising feature Map (KSOM).
Associative Memories
Bidirectional Associative Memories (BAM)-Architecture of Hopfield Network: Discrete
and Continuous versions, Storage and Recall Algorithm
UNIT - IV
Classical & Fuzzy Sets
Introduction to classical sets - properties, Operations and relations; Fuzzy sets,
Membership, Uncertainty, Operations, properties, fuzzy relations, cardinalities,
membership functions.
UNIT - V
Fuzzy Logic Modules
Fuzzification, Membership value assignment, development of rule base and decision
making system, Defuzzification to crisp sets, Defuzzification methods.

Applications
Neural network applications: Process identification, control, fault diagnosis and load
forecasting.
Fuzzy logic applications: Load frequency control and Fuzzy classification.
Text Books:
1. Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic, Genetic algorithms: synthesis and applications,
RajasekharanandRai – PHI Publication.
2. Introduction to Neural Networks using MATLAB 6.0 - S.N.Sivanandam, S.Sumathi,
S.N.Deepa, TMH, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Neural Networks – James A Freeman and Davis Skapura, Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Neural Networks – Simon Hakins , Pearson Education
3. Neural Engineering by C.Eliasmith and CH.Anderson, PHI
4. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic System by Bart Kosko
Web Links:
1. https://www.coursera.org/browse/computer-science
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/artificial_neural_network/
3. https://in.udacity.com/school-of-ai
****

ROBOTICS
(Common to EEE, ECE, CSE, IT & Min. E)
(Open Elective)
Semester VIII L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB1: To give the students aware of applying their knowledge of mathematics, science,
and Engineering and to expand this knowledge into the vast area of robotics.
COB2: The students will be exposed to the concepts of robot Kinematics, Dynamics,
Trajectory Planning.
COB3: Mathematical approach to explain how the robotic arm motion can be described.
COB4: To make the students to understand the functioning of sensors and actuators.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Demonstrate the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots.
CO2: Identify various robot configuration and components.
CO3: Select appropriate actuators and sensors for a robot based on specific application.
CO4: Analyze the simple serial kinematic chains.
CO5: Analyze the trajectory planning for a manipulator by avoiding obstacles.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 2 3
CO2(K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 - 3 - 3 -
CO3 (K3) 3 - 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO4(K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 1(K2) - - -
CO 2(K3) 1 1 -
CO 3(K3) 1 1 -
CO 4(K4) 2 2 -
CO 5(K4) 2 2 -

UNIT –I
Introduction:
Automation-CAD/CAM-Robotics – An over view of Robotics – present and future
applications – classification by coordinate system and control system.
Applications of Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and unloading- Processing -
spot and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and Inspection.
UNIT-II
Components of the Industrial Robotics:
Function line diagram representation of robot arms, common types of arms. Components,
Architecture, number of degrees of freedom – Requirements and challenges of end
effectors, determination of the end effectors, Robot programming methods.
Robot Actuators and Feed Back Components:
Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, electric & stepper motors.
Feedback components: position sensors – potentiometers, resolvers, encoders – Velocity
sensors.
UNIT-III
Motion Analysis:
Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and translation –problems.
Manipulator Kinematics:
Specifications of matrices, D-H notation joint coordinates and world coordinates Forward
and inverse kinematics – problems.
UNIT- IV
Transformations:
Differential transformation and manipulators, Jacobians – problems
Dynamics: Lagrange – Euler formulations – Problems.
UNIT -V
Trajectory Planning:
General considerations in path description and generation. Trajectory planning and
avoidance of obstacles, path planning, Skew motion, joint integrated motion –straight line
motion.
Text Books:
1. Industrial Robotics, Groover M P, Pearson Edu.
2. Robotics and Control, Mittal R K & Nagrath I J, TMH

Reference Books:
1. Robotics, Fu K S, McGraw Hill.
2. Robotic Engineering, Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall
3. Robot Analysis and Control, H. Asada and J.J.E. Slotine, BSP Books Pvt.Ltd.
4. Introduction to Robotics, John J Craig, Pearson Edu.
Web Links:
1. https://www.scribd.com/doc/39035404/Robot-Actuators-and-Feedback-
Components-Main7
2. http://medesign.seas.upenn.edu/uploads/Courses/robotics05dh.pdf
3. http://robotics.itee.uq.edu.au/~metr4202/2013/lectures.pdf
4. https://www.slideshare.net/anirudhreddy123/robots-in-manufacturing

VEHICULAR ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS

(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To assist the students to know fundamental concepts of Hybrid and Electric
Vehicles.
COB 2: To facilitate the students to know operation and characteristics of Dc motor drives,
Permanent motor drives & Switched reluctance motor drives.
COB 3: To help the students understand various energy storage technologies in Hybrid
Vehicles.
COB 4: To enable the student understand energy management strategies used in Hybrid &
Electric Vehicle.
COB 5: To help the students acquire the theory of power system of various vehicular
system.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Understand the various aspects of hybrid and electric vehicles.

CO 2: Plan the selection of electrical machines for hybrid and electric vehicles.
CO3: Select various energy storage technologies for hybrid and electric vehicles.
Determine the torque production mechanism and control the speed of dc motors.
CO4: Implement energy management techniques for hybrid and electric vehicles.
CO 5: Demonstrate the power system of various vehicular system.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2 ) - - 2
CO2 (K5) 3 3 3
CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3
CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3
CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 3

UNIT-I:
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL VEHICLES
History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and environmental importance of hybrid and
electrical vehicles, impact of modern drive-trains on energy supplies. Basics of vehicle
performance, vehicle power source characterization, transmission characteristics,
mathematical models to describe vehicle performance, Capabilities, Automation System
computer facilities.
UNIT-II:
CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL OF ELECTRIC VEHICLES
Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and electric vehicles-Configuration and
control of DC motor drives, Induction Motor drives, Permanent Magnet Motor drives and
Switched Reluctance motor drives-drive system efficiency.
UNIT-III:
ENERGY STORAGE
Energy storage technologies in hybrid vehicles-flywheel, hydraulic, fuel cell and hybrid
fuel cell energy storage system-ultra capacitors-comparison-battery charging control.
UNIT-IV:
ENERGY MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES
Introduction to energy management strategies used in hybrid and electrical vehicle,
classification of different energy management strategies, comparison of different energy
management strategies, implementation issues of energy strategies.
UNIT-V:
APPLICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL VEHICLES
Electrical power system in air craft, sea and undersea vehicles, space vehicles-hybrid
vehicle control strategies-supporting system.
Text Books:
1. Ali Emadi, Mehrdad Ehsani, John M.Miller,” Vehicular Electric Power Systems:
Land, Sea, Air, and Space vehicles’, CRC Press, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Chris Mi, M.AbulMasrur, David Wenzhong Gao, 'Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Principles
and Applications with Practical Perpectives’, Second edition, Wiley, 2018.
2. Mehrad Ehsani,” Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric & Fuel cell Vehicles”, Third
Edition, CRC Press, 2018.
3. Emanuele Crisostomi, “Electric & Plug-in hybrid vehicle networks: optimization and
control”, First Edition, CRC Press, 2017.
4. Iqbal Husain, ’Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals', CRC Press,
Second, 2010.
Web Links:

INTERNET OF THINGS
(Common to EEE, ECE, CSE & IT)
(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To introduce the concepts of Internet of Things.

COB 2: To impart the knowledge on IoT application areas.
COB 3: To introduce the IoT business process models, design technology for
Connected Devices.
COB 4: To enable the students learn the effective usage of device
connectivity and web connectivity models.
COB 5: To illustrate the data Collection, Storage and analyzing methods in
Cloud.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to:
CO 1: Demonstrate the need of IoT in the computing world.
CO 2: Identify the Business Process models of IoT.
CO 3: Develop the communication protocols and communication technologies.
CO 4: Analyze the data storage and acquisition mechanisms for real time
applications.
CO 5: Describe the involvement of cloud service model platforms in IoT.
CO 6: Design an IoT application for complex problems.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K2) - - - - - 2 - - 3 3 - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - 1 - - 3 - 3 - 3 - -
CO4 (K4) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 2 3
CO6 (K6) 3 3 - - - 3 - - - 3 3 3

CO 1(K2) - - -
CO 2 (K2) - - 1
CO 3 (K3) 1 1 -
CO 4 (K4) 3 3 -
CO 5 (K2) 3 3 -
CO 6 (K6) - - -

UNIT-I:
Internet of Things : An Overview, Internet of Things, IoT Conceptual Framework, IoT
Architectural View, Technology Behind IoT, Sources of IoT, M2M Communication, Examples of
IoT.
UNIT-II:
Business Models and Processes Using IoT: Introduction, Business Models and Business Model
Innovation Value Creation of Internet of Things, Business Model Scenarios for Internet of Things.
Design Principles for Connected Devices: Introduction, IoT/M2M Systems Layers and Designs
Standardization, Communication Technologies, Data Enrichment, Data Consolidation and Device
Management at Gateway, Ease of Designing and Affordability.
UNIT-III:
Design Principles for Web Connectivity: Introduction, Web Communication Protocols for
Connected Devices, Message Communication Protocols for Connected Devices, Web Connectivity
for Connected Devices.
UNIT-IV:
Internet Connectivity Principles: Introduction, Internet Connectivity, Internet based
Communication, IP Addressing in IoT, Media Access Control, Application Layer Protocols.
Data Acquiring, Organizing, Processing and Analytics: Introduction, Data Acquiring, Storage,
Organizing, Analytics, Knowledge Acquiring, Managing and Storing Processes.
UNIT-V:
Data Collection, Storage and Computing Using a Cloud Platform: Introduction, Cloud
Computing Paradigm, Cloud Service Model.
Sensors: Introduction, Sensor Technology, Participatory Sensing, Industrial IoT and Automotive
IoT, Sensor Data Communication Protocols.
Text Books:
1. Internet of Things: Architecture and Design Principles, Raj Kamal, McGraw Hill
publications, 2016.
2. Internet of Things: A Hands on Approach, Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti,
Universities Press, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. Internet of Things: Principles and Paradigms, Rajkumar Buyya, Amir Vahid
Jastjerdi, MK publications, 2016.
2. Designing the Internet of Things, Adrian McEwen, Hakim Casimally, Wiley and
Sons publications, 2014.
Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs46/preview
2. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/public?keyword=Introduction%20to%20internet%2
0of%20things
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/iot
4. https://www.udemy.com/hands-on-internet-of-things-raspberry-pi/

CYBER SECURITY
(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To Demonstrate cybercrime fundamentals.

COB 2: To Inspect cyber offence planning.
COB 3: To Discuss with student about cybercrime on mobile and wireless devices.
COB 4: To Inspect cybercrime methods and tools.
COB 5: To Know Importance of cyber security and cyber laws.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate cybercrime fundamentals.

CO 2: Analyze cyber offence planning.
CO 3: Interpret cybercrime on mobile and wireless devices.
CO 4: Distinguish type of tools and methods used in cyber crimes.
CO 5: Explain the importance of cyber security.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 2(K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO 3(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - -
CO 4(K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 1(K2) - - 2
CO 2(K4) 2 2 3
CO 3(K5) 3 3 3
CO 4(K4) 2 2 3
CO 5(K2) - - 2
UNIT- I
Introduction to Cybercrime:
Introduction, Cybercrime: Definition and Origins of the Word, Cybercrime and Information
Security, Who are Cybercriminals?, Classifications of Cybercrimes, Cybercrime: The Legal
Perspectives, Cybercrimes: An Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, A Global
Perspective on Cybercrimes, Cybercrime Era: Survival Mantra for the Netizens.

UNIT- II
Cyber offenses:
How Criminals Plan Them –Introduction, How Criminals Plan the Attacks, Social Engineering,
Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector
Cloud Computing.
UNIT- III
Cybercrime Mobile and Wireless Devices:
Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit Card
Frauds in Mobile and Wireless Computing Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices,
Registry Settings for Mobile Devices, Authentication Service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell
Phones, Mobile Devices: Security Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for
Handling Mobile, Organizational Security Policies and Measures in Mobile Computing Era,
Laptops.
UNIT- IV
Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime:
Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking, Key loggers and
Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horses and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS
Attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow, Attacks on Wireless Networks, Phishing and Identity
Theft: Introduction, Phishing, Identity Theft (ID Theft)
UNIT -V
Cybercrimes and Cyber security:
Why Do We Need Cyber laws: The Indian Context, The Indian IT Act, Challenges to Indian Law
and Cybercrime Scenario in India, Consequences of Not Addressing the Weakness in Information
Technology Act, Digital Signatures and the Indian IT Act, Information Security Planning and
Governance, Information Security Policy Standards, Practices, The information Security Blueprint,
Security education, Training and awareness program, Continuing Strategies.
Text Books:
1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal
Perspectives, Nina Godbole, SunitBelapure, Wiley.
2. Principles of Information Security, MichealE. Whitman and Herbert J.Mattord,
Cengage Learning.
Reference Books:
1. Information Security, Mark Rhodes, Ousley, MGH.
Web Links:
1. https://www.edx.org/micromasters/ritx-cybersecurity.
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/cyber-security.
3. https://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/.
4. http://bedford-computing.co.uk/learning/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Principles-of-
Information-Security-4th-ed.-Michael-E.-Whitman.pdf
5. https://www.wileyindia.com/cyber-security-understanding-cyber-crimes-computer-
forensics-and-legal-perspectives.html.
****

Aditya R17 EEE

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aditya R17 EEE

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AR 17 Electrical And Electronics Engineering

B. Tech FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

Aditya Engineering College (A) 1

Aditya Engineering College (A) 2

ABOUT ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AEC) was established in 2001 at

AEC believe in the holistic development of society at large and are

Our vision is to impart education, in a conductive ambience, as comprehensive

Aditya Engineering College (A) 3

 Dept. of Science and Technology under Technology Development Board has

Aditya Engineering College (A) 4

Aditya Engineering College (A) 5

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17)

1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

3. DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

(Conducted at College level with 20 Multiple choice questions with a

Aditya Engineering College (A) 7

Aditya Engineering College (A) 8

student on the topic of his major project and evaluated by an internal

Aditya Engineering College (A) 9

5. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

7. AWARD OF DEGREE AND CLASS

Aditya Engineering College (A) 10

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

Range of Marks (%) Letter Grade Level Grade Point

Aditya Engineering College (A) 11

Aditya Engineering College (A) 12

Aditya Engineering College (A) 13

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17) LATERAL ENTRY

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

First Class with

4. All the other regulations applicable to B. Tech Programme remain the

Aditya Engineering College (A) 14

Nature of Malpractices / Punishment

Aditya Engineering College (A)

Aditya Engineering College (A) 2

and all University examinations. The

Aditya Engineering College (A) 3

requesting him to award pass

Aditya Engineering College (A) 4

Imprisonment Upto Fine Upto

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

Aditya Engineering College (A) 5

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

Aditya Engineering College (A) 6

VISION & MISSION OF THE COLLEGE

VISION & MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

By imparting quality education to produce globally competent electrical

Aditya Engineering College (A) 7

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

Specialize in specific areas of interest and work successfully in their chosen

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an

Aditya Engineering College (A) 8

Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

Design and develop controllers for electrical and electronic systems to

Mission of the department – PEOs mapping

PEO 1: Specialize in specific areas of interest and work

PEO 2: Design and develop innovative products and services in